{"title":"Spares \u0026 Accessories","description":"\u003cp\u003eExplore our extensive range of spares \u0026amp; accessories designed for commercial catering equipment. From essential components to handy add-ons, we provide everything you need to ensure your kitchen operates efficiently and effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"1-4l-commercial-blender-replacement-copolyester-container","title":"1.4L Commercial Blender Replacement Copolyester Container","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Copolyester Container is an essential accessory for users of commercial blenders. Designed for blending enthusiasts, this spare container provides flexibility and convenience for high-volume blending tasks. Its durable construction and smart features ensure optimal performance, allowing you to whip up smoothies, sauces, and other creations with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from BPA-free co-polyester, the container is not only sturdy but also facilitates safe food preparation. It solves the common problem of needing an additional container for busy kitchens, making it an indispensable addition for restaurants, cafes, or catering services. With its ergonomic design and practical features, this spare container is engineered to enhance the blending experience while ensuring longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e 6126-455-CE\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4Ltr \/ 48oz. BPA-free co-polyester container\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAll-metal clutch designed for durability and reliability. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable filler-cap allows for adding ingredients while blending for uninterrupted mixing. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLid-open sensor prevents accidental blending with the lid removed when paired with a compatible motor base. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriple- lid to minimize spills and maintain freshness of blended contents. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic handle for comfortable operation and easy pouring. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel blade for efficient blending and precision cutting. \n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures the container withstands rigorous use over time.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBPA-free material provides peace of mind for your health-conscious clientele.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGenerous capacity allows for preparing larger batches, reducing the need for multiple containers.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIntuitive design facilitates easy cleaning and maintenance, saving you valuable time.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eThe transparent design makes it easy to monitor blending progress at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with various commercial blender models ensures you’re covered no matter your existing equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting container that resists wear and tear, minimizing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeamlessly integrates with your existing blender setup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhances efficiency in the kitchen, allowing you to focus on creativity rather than mechanics.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Copolyester Container is perfect for a variety of settings. Whether you're preparing fresh smoothies, sauces, or soups, this container excels in multiple applications. \u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBusy restaurants needing quick batch preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering services requiring portable blending solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHealth-focused cafes specializing in smoothies and juices.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks maximizing blending capacity in limited space.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens aiming for results.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFitting the spare container is straightforward and requires no special tools. Simply attach it to your compatible blender for optimal performance. For maintenance, regular cleaning and proper storage will prolong its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat blenders are compatible with this container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis container fits,, and models of commercial blenders.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this container safe for food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is made from BPA-free co-polyester, ensuring it is safe for food preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this container?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Commercial Spare 1.4Ltr Copolyester Container comes with a one-year warranty against defects.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis container is an excellent addition for anyone reliant on blenders, providing efficiency and versatility in blending tasks. Order today to elevate your blending game and ensure you're always prepared for your culinary creations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810505769345,"sku":"JB500","price":568.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0c11ac0f0dbbab773b314007061a01ea.png?v=1781698009"},{"product_id":"10ltr-commercial-water-boiler-complete-water-gauge-replacement","title":"10Ltr Commercial Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge Replacement","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 10ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge is an essential part for any kitchen relying on efficient hot water solutions. Designed specifically for the 10-litre water boiler, this gauge ensures precise monitoring of water levels, enhancing usability and convenience for busy catering professionals and home chefs alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality glass, the water gauge is designed to withstand the rigors of daily kitchen operations. Its robust build ensures consistent performance, while its genuine design ensures compatibility and reliability. This replacement part solves the common problem of inaccurate water level readings, which can lead to inefficient operations and increased downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 257(H) x 16(W) x 16(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 200g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFits for easy installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTransparent design allows for easy water level monitoring at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction to withstand high temperatures and frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEssential for maintaining operational efficiency in catering environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccurate water level readings for effective management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install, allowing for minimal downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality material ensures longevity in high-use settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes replacement hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with specific models for assured fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple design with no complex components reduces maintenance needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Water Boiler Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrecision in monitoring\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures you never run out of hot water during peak times.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEase of installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick replacement means minimal disruption to your service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable glass construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance saves you from frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with specific models\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAssured fit with water boilers, enhancing operational efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis water gauge is suitable for various environments where hot water is crucial. Its design makes it perfect for multiple applications, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes where hot beverages are served.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets and catering companies that require constant hot water supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood stalls and mobile kitchens utilizing hot water for cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInstitutional kitchens in schools and hospitals for meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the water gauge is straightforward and designed for compatibility with specific models. Regular cleaning and maintenance will prolong its lifespan and ensure accurate readings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the material of the water gauge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe water gauge is made from high-quality glass, ensuring durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this gauge compatible with all water boilers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gauge is specifically designed to fit the model of the water boiler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I maintain the water gauge for optimal performance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular cleaning and checking for any visible damage will help maintain its functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor precise water monitoring and reliable performance, the 10ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge is an excellent choice. Order today to enhance the efficiency of your kitchen operations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810589983105,"sku":"AW105","price":29.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e5cc5fb2d02bca8a91fefe2ba8a5a13e.png?v=1781699243"},{"product_id":"10ltr-planetary-mixer-rubber-feet-replacement-set-of-4","title":"10Ltr Planetary Mixer Rubber Feet Replacement Set of 4","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 10Ltr Planetary Mixer Rubber Feet (4 Pack) is an essential component for anyone using the 10Ltr Planetary Mixer, ensuring optimal performance and stability during operation. These replacement rubber feet not only enhance the functionality of your mixer but also provide a secure grip, preventing any unwanted movement while mixing heavy or dense ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable rubber, this product guarantees reliable support while mitigating vibrations during use. The genuine like-for-like replacements solve common wear-and-tear issues associated with mixing equipment, optimizing the efficiency and longevity of your device. With these rubber feet, you're choosing a dependable solution designed to deliver consistent performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 130g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e4 x Rubber Feet – Size\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with 10Ltr Planetary Mixer \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy installation for quick replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy construction that ensures durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to maintain stability and reduce vibrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-slip material for secure placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnsures your mixer remains stable during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMitigates vibrations for quieter, more efficient mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestores mixer reliability with easy replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust rubber material for -lasting use\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick installation process that saves time\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenuine replacement parts that guarantee compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Mixer Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStability and support\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrevents movement of your mixer, enhancing safety and performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo need for special tools, allowing for quick and simple fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable rubber construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOffers longevity and resilience against daily wear\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNoise reduction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes disruption in kitchen settings, especially during longer mixing processes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10Ltr Planetary Mixer Rubber Feet are ideal for a variety of settings where baking and cooking are involved. They excel in environments including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for passionate cooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor installation, simply remove the old feet and replace them with the new rubber feet. Ensure they are securely fastened for optimal performance. Regularly check the feet for wear and replace as needed to maintain stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these rubber feet compatible with other mixers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, these rubber feet are specifically designed for the 10Ltr Planetary Mixer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I know if I need to replace the rubber feet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your mixer vibrates excessively or moves during use, it may be time to replace the rubber feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the rubber feet set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the set is 130g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance the performance and stability of your 10Ltr Planetary Mixer with the genuine Rubber Feet (4 Pack). These replacements are the key to preventing movement and ensuring that your mixing tasks are completed smoothly. Order today to maintain your mixer’s efficiency and effectiveness!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810590048641,"sku":"AH069","price":12.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ea8940cd62a3eaf941b66db33a9b3c1f.png?v=1781699249"},{"product_id":"10mm-grater-disc-for-commercial-veg-prep-machine-parts","title":"10mm Grater Disc for Commercial Veg Prep Machine Parts","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 10mm Grater Disc is an essential addition for any food service operation equipped with a Veg Prep Machine. Designed for those who prioritize efficiency in food preparation, this grater disc simplifies the process of grating vegetables, offering an effortless solution to time-consuming tasks. With its precise 10mm grater disc, you can achieve consistent results and enhance the texture of your dishes, improving both presentation and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt with high-quality materials, the 10mm Grater Disc features a durable combination of polyamide and stainless steel. This construction not only ensures longevity but also delivers robustness against regular use. The grater disc solves the challenge of uneven grating and minimizes waste, allowing you to maximize your produce while saving time and effort in the kitchen. With easy maintenance and a design that fits seamlessly into the Veg Prep Machine, it stands out as a reliable choice for professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 35.8(H) x 205(W) x 205(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyamide \u0026amp; Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 320g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient 10mm grating size suitable for various vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for compatibility with Veg Prep Machines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction for easy handling and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable design that withstands regular use in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePromotes uniform grating, which enhances the texture of dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, significantly reducing prep time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurability ensures -term usage, making it cost-effective.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile application across various types of vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design facilitates quick changes and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with existing Veg Prep Machines, ensuring hassle-free use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Veg Prep Machine Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures -lasting performance, reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient grating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time during food prep, boosting kitchen productivity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMakes cleaning quick and straightforward, keeping your kitchen organized.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10mm Grater Disc excels in various culinary settings, making it an indispensable tool for any kitchen where efficiency and quality are paramount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants where time efficiency is critical for service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering businesses needing consistent vegetable preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks requiring reliable equipment for quick meal assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHospital kitchens that prioritize food presentation and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries where fresh, finely grated ingredients enhance products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the grater disc is properly aligned and securely fastened to the Veg Prep Machine. Regular cleaning after use will maintain its effectiveness and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the dimension of the 10mm Grater Disc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 35.8(H) x 205(W) x 205(D)mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in the construction?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grater disc is made from a combination of polyamide and stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the grater disc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the 10mm Grater Disc is 320g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and reliability of the 10mm Grater Disc. Shop now and elevate your food preparation process today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810590179713,"sku":"AN804","price":104.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e6efb0a0343fa91558d7225c01f1673e.png?v=1781699262"},{"product_id":"1200w-commercial-bains-marie-replacement-heating-element","title":"1200W Commercial Bains Marie Replacement Heating Element","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heating Element 1200W is an essential component designed for anyone relying on Bain Marie units in commercial settings. This high-performance replacement part ensures your food stays at the desired temperature, making it ideal for catering services, restaurants, and banqueting operations. With this heating element, you can maintain efficiency, serving delicious, hot food to your customers consistently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable stainless steel, this heating element is built to withstand the rigors of a busy kitchen environment. Its robust construction not only enhances longevity but also solves common heating issues associated with food warmer units. By choosing a genuine spare part, you can ensure compatibility and reliability, setting yourself apart from those who might opt for cheaper, unreliable alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 25(H) x 400(W) x 190(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 310g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenuine spare part for guaranteed compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient 1200W power output, ensuring rapid heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy installation process that minimizes downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant finish, contributing to -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh heating efficiency to keep food at optimal temperatures for longer periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with various Bain Marie models, enhancing versatility in replacement options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design allows for easy handling and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust material ensures an extended lifespan, reducing the frequency of replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive silver color blends seamlessly with kitchen appliances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety features incorporated to prevent overheating and damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bains Marie Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGenuine spare part\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures perfect fit and functionality in your Bain Marie.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eResists rust and corrosion, ensuring durability in a fast-paced kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRapidly brings food to serving temperature, improving service speed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heating Element excels in various commercial and kitchen environments. It is particularly effective in the following settings:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services where food needs to be held at specific temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants employing Bain Marie units for buffets or meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBanquet halls managing large-scale food service for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and street food vendors in need of portable heating solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Heating Element is straightforward and designed to minimize downtime. Ensure compatibility by matching it with the correct Bain Marie model. Routine inspections are recommended to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat models is this heating element compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heating element is compatible with models,,,,, and.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power output of the heating element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe power output is 1200W, providing efficient heating capabilities for your food warmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the heating element made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heating element is constructed from stainless steel, ensuring durability and corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, the Heating Element 1200W is a reliable solution for restaurateurs and caterers seeking efficient heating in their Bain Marie setups. Order today to ensure your meals are served at the perfect temperature, every time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810616820097,"sku":"AL198","price":46.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4745cc8835e932605ada04d6012ccfa6.png?v=1781699604"},{"product_id":"14mm-commercial-slicer-disc-for-veg-prep-machine-parts","title":"14mm Commercial Slicer Disc for Veg Prep Machine Parts","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 14mm Slicer Disc is a precision component designed for Veg Prep Machines, ideal for chefs and food service providers who require consistent and efficient slicing. This high-quality disc provides the ideal slice thickness, making food preparation faster and more uniform, which ultimately enhances productivity in busy kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable aluminium and stainless steel, this slicer disc is engineered to withstand regular daily use. It resolves common issues related to uneven slicing and build quality, ensuring reliable performance with every use. The robust materials not only increase longevity but also make it easier to clean, providing a practical solution for food service operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 35.8(H) x 205(W) x 205(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium \u0026amp; Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 460g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and replace, contributing to minimal downtime in operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision engineering for uniform slicing, enhancing food presentation and cooking consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design allows for effortless handling without compromising durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a range of food types, making it versatile for different preparation tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures -lasting performance in high-volume kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStandardized slicing thickness for efficient food preparation and portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant materials provide longevity and maintain hygiene standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight structure reduces user fatigue during extended use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple installation process enhances operational efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for kitchen environments, ensuring reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Veg Prep Machine Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduced replacement costs and increased reliability over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent slicing\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eImproved presentation and portioning for better customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time on maintenance and helps maintain high hygiene standards.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGreater ease of use for staff, leading to improved work efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 14mm Slicer Disc excels in various commercial settings where food preparation is essential. Its design allows it to be used in various industries, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelis and butcher shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInstitutional kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood processing industries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the 14mm Slicer Disc is straightforward and can be accomplished with minimal tools. Regular maintenance consists of cleaning after each use to prevent residue build-up, allowing for optimal performance and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this slicer disc compatible with all Veg Prep Machines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 14mm Slicer Disc is designed to fit all compatible Veg Prep Machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this disc handle hard vegetables?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely, the design allows for slicing through various types of vegetables, including harder varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size does the disc slice to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slicer disc provides a 14mm slice thickness, making it ideal for consistent cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRevolutionize your food preparation with the durable and efficient 14mm Slicer Disc. Order today and enhance your kitchen's productivity.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810649981313,"sku":"AN812","price":106.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7ed97553aaaab56bc27a95d876e0a5b5.png?v=1781700215"},{"product_id":"14x14mm-replacement-cutting-blades-for-commercial-potato-chipper","title":"14x14mm Replacement Cutting Blades for Commercial Potato Chipper","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 14 x 14mm Blades are essential replacement parts specifically designed for the potato chipper. Ideal for both food service professionals and home cooks, these blades ensure a consistent and efficient slicing experience, crucial for preparing perfectly cut potato chips. With these blades, you can maintain the quality and appeal of your fried dishes while saving time and effort in the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable materials, the Blades are guaranteed to provide -lasting performance in your culinary endeavours. They help solve the problem of dull or inefficient cutting blades, which can compromise the quality of your chips. What sets these replacement blades apart is their compatibility with multiple models, making it easy to find the right fit for your equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 14 x 14mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 40g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with LPCH and \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 set of blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for smooth and efficient slicing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps maintain quality and uniformity in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to replace, minimizing downtime in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-quality stainless steel guarantees durability and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design fits a variety of potato chipper models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsistent cutting results lead to appealing presentations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement process is quick, ensuring minimal disruption in food service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes installation easy without cumbersome handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows for efficient production of chips, saving time and in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Potato Rumbler Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduces the need for frequent replacements, saving costs over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with multiple models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOffers flexibility and convenience in various kitchen setups.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows for quick changes, keeping kitchen operations running smoothly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14 x 14mm Blades are versatile tools ideal for a variety of settings. Their functionality and ease of use make them suitable for numerous applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for high-volume potato preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants that require consistent chip portions for presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services for events that focus on quality food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks specializing in fresh fried items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for avid cooks looking for precision in slicing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnack shops focused on quick and efficient food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the 14 x 14mm Blades is straightforward, ensuring compatibility with the LPCH and models. Regularly check for sharpness and replace as needed to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are the blades made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blades are made from heavy-duty stainless steel, providing durability and resistance to corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I know if these blades are compatible with my chipper?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese blades are specifically designed for use with models LPCH and. Check your model number for compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the blade set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe entire set of blades weighs approximately 40g, making it lightweight and easy to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen tools with the 14 x 14mm Blades to ensure that your food preparation remains efficient and high-quality. Order today to experience the difference!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810650112385,"sku":"FU345","price":259.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/57b9d2f756f2e0119afd0e5183b0fb38.png?v=1781700229"},{"product_id":"18-commercial-fryer-lid-replacement-part-silver-finish","title":"18\" Commercial Fryer Lid Replacement Part Silver Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 18\" Fryer Lid is an essential component for commercial kitchens, designed specifically for those who require reliable and efficient frying solutions. This lid is the perfect addition for chefs and kitchen operators looking to enhance their frying processes while maintaining a clean and safe working environment. With a focus on durability and ease of use, this fryer lid makes cooking with a fryer a seamless experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality silver materials, the fryer lid is built to withstand the demands of everyday use. It effectively prevents splashes and spills, significantly reducing the risk of accidents in busy kitchen settings. The sturdy construction ensures longevity, giving users peace of mind that their investment will stand the test of time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit snugly, minimizing heat loss and maximizing cooking efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, ensuring food safety and compliance with health regulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight yet strong construction allows for easy handling and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a variety of fryers, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for safety, reducing the risk of kitchen accidents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient heat retention facilitates quicker cooking times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple to install and maintain, making it user-friendly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use, adaptable to different commercial frying needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOne-year warranty provides reassurance of quality and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e lifespan reduces replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to Clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHelps maintain hygiene standards in your kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient Cooking\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time and increases productivity during service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes the risk of burns or accidents while cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18\" Fryer Lid is perfect for a variety of culinary settings and operational needs. Here are a few places where this fryer lid truly shines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens in restaurants and catering services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and pop-up kitchens requiring portable frying solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent spaces catering to large groups, where efficiency is key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast food establishments looking to streamline frying operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the fryer lid is straightforward, making it easy for kitchen staff to integrate it into their existing frying setup. Maintenance is minimal; simply clean the lid regularly to keep it in optimal condition, ensuring it remains free from grease and food residues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the fryer lid compatible with all fryer models?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the fryer lid is designed to fit most fryers, it's recommended to check specific dimensions for compatibility with your unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the fryer lid effectively?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid can be cleaned easily with warm soapy water or a degreaser to maintain hygiene standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of warranty is offered with the fryer lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with a one-year warranty, which covers manufacturing defects and ensures peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the 18\" Fryer Lid means enhancing your kitchen's efficiency while providing safety and ease of use. Order today to take your frying experience to new heights.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810826731905,"sku":"HZ496","price":1087.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/006418972d3c76a37c57d203696061ae.png?v=1781704260"},{"product_id":"18-commercial-fryer-lid-replacement-part-silver-finish-1","title":"18\" Commercial Fryer Lid Replacement Part Silver Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 18\" Fryer Lid is an essential component for commercial kitchens, designed specifically for those who require reliable and efficient frying solutions. This lid is the perfect addition for chefs and kitchen operators looking to enhance their frying processes while maintaining a clean and safe working environment. With a focus on durability and ease of use, this fryer lid makes cooking with a fryer a seamless experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality silver materials, the fryer lid is built to withstand the demands of everyday use. It effectively prevents splashes and spills, significantly reducing the risk of accidents in busy kitchen settings. The sturdy construction ensures longevity, giving users peace of mind that their investment will stand the test of time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit snugly, minimizing heat loss and maximizing cooking efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, ensuring food safety and compliance with health regulations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight yet strong construction allows for easy handling and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a variety of fryers, making it a versatile addition to any kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for safety, reducing the risk of kitchen accidents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient heat retention facilitates quicker cooking times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple to install and maintain, making it user-friendly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use, adaptable to different commercial frying needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOne-year warranty provides reassurance of quality and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e lifespan reduces replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to Clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHelps maintain hygiene standards in your kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient Cooking\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time and increases productivity during service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes the risk of burns or accidents while cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18\" Fryer Lid is perfect for a variety of culinary settings and operational needs. Here are a few places where this fryer lid truly shines:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens in restaurants and catering services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and pop-up kitchens requiring portable frying solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent spaces catering to large groups, where efficiency is key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast food establishments looking to streamline frying operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the fryer lid is straightforward, making it easy for kitchen staff to integrate it into their existing frying setup. Maintenance is minimal; simply clean the lid regularly to keep it in optimal condition, ensuring it remains free from grease and food residues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the fryer lid compatible with all fryer models?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the fryer lid is designed to fit most fryers, it's recommended to check specific dimensions for compatibility with your unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the fryer lid effectively?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lid can be cleaned easily with warm soapy water or a degreaser to maintain hygiene standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of warranty is offered with the fryer lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product comes with a one-year warranty, which covers manufacturing defects and ensures peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the 18\" Fryer Lid means enhancing your kitchen's efficiency while providing safety and ease of use. Order today to take your frying experience to new heights.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810828370305,"sku":"HZ496","price":1087.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/006418972d3c76a37c57d203696061ae_30841bac-77c4-454e-a831-7b90c66322a2.png?v=1781704338"},{"product_id":"2-5ltr-commercial-bar-blender-spare-jug-for-smoothies-and-cocktails","title":"2.5Ltr Commercial Bar Blender Spare Jug for Smoothies and Cocktails","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Spare Jug 2.5Ltr is an essential component for those who frequently operate a bar blender in fast-paced environments. Designed for bar and kitchen professionals, this spare jug enhances your operational efficiency, ensuring that you can maintain a steady flow of blended beverages during peak service times. With an additional jug at your disposal, cleaning times are eliminated between different drink preparations, allowing you to cater to diverse menu offerings seamlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis spare jug is crafted from durable, BPA-free plastic, designed to withstand the rigors of daily use. The 2.5L capacity ensures ample room for blending smoothies, cocktails, and sauces, addressing the common problems of downtime and cleanliness. Whether you’re mixing a refreshing smoothie or a signature cocktail, the Bar Blender Spare Jug simplifies the process, providing an uninterrupted blend experience so you can keep your customers satisfied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5Ltr | 88oz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 330(H) x 155(W) x 165(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e BPA-Free Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Transparent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits various models including,,, and.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving design that speeds up service during busy periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal as a replacement jug if your current one gets lost or damaged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBPA-free construction ensures safety for all types of beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-resistant material allows for use with hot ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransparent design makes it easy to monitor blending progress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with multiple blender models, providing versatility for various setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash only to maintain the integrity of the blade mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight for easy handling and maneuverability in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Kitchen Blender Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple jugs available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEliminates downtime from cleaning, leading to faster service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBPA-free plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafe and non-toxic for preparing beverages.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeed up blending\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeeting customer demand becomes easier even during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with various models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows for flexibility in equipment usage across different setups.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bar Blender Spare Jug excels in various settings where quick and efficient blending is required. It's particularly beneficial in environments such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBars serving a wide variety of cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafes and juice bars preparing fresh smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants creating sauces and dressings in bulk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent catering where drinks need to be prepared quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens that demand high-output blending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure longevity and optimal performance, hand wash the jug only with warm water and mild detergent. Avoid placing it in a dishwasher, and never soak it or leave the base in water to prevent malfunction of the blade mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Bar Blender Spare Jug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jug has a capacity of 2.5Ltr, which is perfect for large blending tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the jug safe for hot liquids?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the jug is made from heat-resistant BPA-free plastic, making it suitable for blending hot ingredients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this jug be used with any blender?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis jug is compatible with several blender models, including,,, and.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your blending efficiency and service speed with the Bar Blender Spare Jug 2.5Ltr. Order today to ensure your kitchen or bar is always ready to meet customer demands smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810876342657,"sku":"CS052","price":247.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/0c4b4d93d11995e170cc88f32970f77f.png?v=1781704977"},{"product_id":"2000w-commercial-glasswasher-heat-element-replacement-part","title":"2000W Commercial Glasswasher Heat Element Replacement Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Glasswasher Heat Element is an essential component for anyone operating a glasswasher. Designed for commercial use, this high-quality heat element provides reliable performance and consistent results, ensuring that your glassware comes out sparkling clean each time. Whether you're a restaurant owner, barista, or caterer, investing in this replacement part means enhanced efficiency in your dishwashing routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable materials and engineered for 2000W power at 230V, this heat element promises exceptional build quality. Its robust Incolay 800 tank material not only withstands high temperatures but also promotes longevity, solving common issues of wear and tear. This dependable heating element ensures that your glasswasher operates smoothly, helping you maintain excellent hygiene standards without interruption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 2000W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 450g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Incolay 800\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTank Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Glasswasher\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacement Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/strong\u003e Modular design for easy installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits selected glasswasher models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for consistent heating, ensuring optimal cleaning cycles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecific Incolay material enhances durability against extreme temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design simplifies installation and reduces maintenance efforts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReliable components minimize downtime for glasswashing operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient heat distribution aids in effective cleaning of glassware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow consumption contributes to reduced operational costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModular design allows for quick replacement without help.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures -term usage and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to maintain for hassle-free operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with various models adds flexibility for users.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Glasswasher Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-performance heating element\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRapid heating minimizes waiting time and enhances operational speed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Incolay material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduces the need for frequent replacements, saving you money over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight and easy to install\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows quick upgrades or repairs, keeping your glasswasher running efficiently.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenuine part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssures compatibility and optimal performance with your glasswasher.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Glasswasher Heat Element is perfect for various settings where glass cleanliness is crucial. Its robust performance makes it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants and bars ensuring clean glassware for customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCaterers needing reliable glasswashing solutions for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels maintaining high standards in guest services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafes requiring swift turnaround for drink orders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClubs and lounges presenting a polished image with spotless glassware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the Glasswasher Heat Element is straightforward due to its modular design, allowing users to replace the part with ease. It is essential to ensure compatibility with your specific glasswasher model for optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the Glasswasher Heat Element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe power rating is 2000W, designed to ensure effective heating for optimal cleaning results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the heat element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the heat element is 450g, making it easy to handle during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this part compatible with all glasswasher models?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heat element is designed for compatibility with selected glasswasher models, ensuring optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the Glasswasher Heat Element today and ensure your glassware is consistently spotless and ready for service. Don't compromise on cleanliness; invest in quality replacements for your equipment now!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810876965249,"sku":"AT387","price":85.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/f6276936dfb2ba416f01523d745ce3d3.png?v=1781704990"},{"product_id":"20ltr-commercial-water-boiler-complete-water-gauge-replacement","title":"20Ltr Commercial Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge Replacement","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 20ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge is an essential component for those who rely on Black Water Boilers. Especially designed for catering professionals, this water gauge enhances the reliability and efficiency of water management in foodservice environments. By ensuring accurate water levels, it provides peace of mind, knowing that your water boiler is operating as intended.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality materials, the replacement water gauge boasts exceptional durability and performance. The glass material not only ensures clarity for easy reading but also stands up to the rigors typically faced in busy kitchens. This genuine part eliminates the guesswork, allowing operators to maintain optimal water levels effortlessly, making it an invaluable asset for any food establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 309(H) x 16(W) x 16(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 220g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFits model for seamless compatibility and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures -lasting use in demanding kitchen environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear visibility of water levels for easy and quick monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple installation process, allowing for immediate replacement and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenuine replacement part ensures perfect fit and operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear glass construction promotes easy visibility of water level, preventing overflows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials reduce the likelihood of breakage, making it reliable for daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design simplifies the installation process, saving time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptimized for the water boiler series, tailored for catering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhances safety by minimizing risks associated with water overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Water Boiler Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-Quality Glass Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures accuracy and durability, enhancing operational reliability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with Model\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect match for specific boilers, ensuring optimal performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple Installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick replacement minimizes downtime, keeping services efficient.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge is ideal for a range of settings, particularly in the food service industry. Here are some instances where it excels:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens requiring precise water management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMobile catering services where reliability and accuracy are key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants that use water boilers as part of their regular operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés looking to maintain quality service with efficient water levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks needing dependable equipment on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the water gauge is straightforward, ensuring minimal downtime. Simply replace the old gauge with the new one, ensuring a secure fit. Regular checks for clarity can help prolong the lifespan of your water gauge, keeping operations safe and efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the material of the water gauge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge is made of durable glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this water gauge fit other boiler models?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gauge is specifically designed to fit the model of the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the water gauge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 309mm in height, 16mm in width, and 16mm in depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your water boiler runs optimally with the 20ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge. Order today to reinforce your kitchen's efficiency and accuracy in water management.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810883027329,"sku":"AW106","price":32.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d8df4f0e08967cb7bbaa6e372657b74a.png?v=1781705095"},{"product_id":"21l-commercial-convection-oven-heating-element-replacement","title":"21L Commercial Convection Oven Heating Element Replacement","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heating Element is an essential replacement part designed specifically for the 21ltr convection oven, catering to the needs of restaurants, cafes, and catering professionals. This quality heating element plays a crucial role in maintaining consistent cooking temperatures, ensuring that your dishes are prepared to perfection every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable materials, this heating element offers reliable performance and longevity, addressing the common issues faced by commercial kitchens. When your convection oven relies on consistent heat output, the Heating Element stands out by providing efficient heating, making it an indispensable component of your kitchen equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 63(H) x 215(W) x 188(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 300g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for seamless replacement in convection ovens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy installation, saving time and effort in maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable heat distribution for even cooking results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuality manufacturing ensures -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient heating element designed to restore your oven's performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction enhances ease of handling during installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrict adherence to safety standards for peace of mind in a busy kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with 21ltr convection ovens for hassle-free replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReinforces consistent cooking temperatures for optimal dish quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust design to withstand the rigors of daily kitchen use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Convection Oven Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures your oven performs like new, reducing downtime.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to install\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time, allowing you to resume cooking quickly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProvides even cooking results, enhancing food quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heating Element excels in various culinary environments, making it an ideal choice for multiple settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for consistent meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services requiring efficient heating solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakery shops needing precision for baked goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels and motels in their kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks that rely on compact yet powerful cooking equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Heating Element is straightforward, ensuring compatibility with your existing convection oven. Regular maintenance checks are recommended to ensure optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the voltage of the heating element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heating Element operates at 230V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the heating element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 63mm in height, 215mm in width, and 188mm in depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the heating element weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heating element weighs 300g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your cooking experience with the Heating Element, designed to restore the efficiency of your convection oven. Order today and ensure that your culinary creations are always cooked to perfection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810885190017,"sku":"AK377","price":89.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/06b9e057efd4eb42967ed3fa5c59e877.png?v=1781705125"},{"product_id":"21ltr-commercial-convection-oven-hinge-assembly-replacement","title":"21Ltr Commercial Convection Oven Hinge Assembly Replacement","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Hinge Assembly is an essential component designed specifically for the 21ltr convection oven. Ideal for caterers and kitchen enthusiasts alike, this replacement hinge assembly ensures your oven doors function smoothly, allowing for efficient cooking and baking experiences. With its robust construction, this part helps maintain the integrity of your oven, ensuring it remains a reliable appliance in your culinary arsenal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality stainless steel, the Hinge Assembly promises durability and resilience against wear and tear. This product addresses the common issue of broken or faulty hinges, which can disrupt operations and create unnecessary challenges in a bustling kitchen environment. The standout feature of this assembly is its seamless design that integrates perfectly with existing oven parts, making installation quick and hassle-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 21(H) x 212(W) x 52(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 600g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install for quick repairs, minimizing downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant material for prolonged usage in demanding environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for optimal performance with convection ovens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStudied engineering to support repetitive usage without wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality stainless steel for -lasting durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design to maintain oven balance and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision engineering for seamless fitting and operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStreamlined installation process to reduce repair time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorrosion resistance ensures it withstands a variety of kitchen conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with various convection oven models, enhancing versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Convection Oven Part\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures longevity and reliability in a busy kitchen environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick and easy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes oven downtime, allowing for continuous operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatibility with ovens\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTailored fit guarantees optimal performance and functionality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hinge Assembly is versatile and functions exceptionally well in a variety of kitchen settings. It’s perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens seeking fast repairs to minimize downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services requiring reliable oven components for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants focusing on efficient oven operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries that depend on robust equipment for daily tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hinge assembly is designed for straightforward installation. Simply remove the old hinge and replace it with the new assembly, ensuring all parts are aligned properly for optimal performance. Regular inspection of the hinge's condition is recommended to maintain functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the Hinge Assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assembly includes the hinge part itself, designed for easy replacement on the 21ltr convection oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the hinge compatible with other oven models?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hinge is specifically designed for use with the 21ltr convection oven to ensure the best fit and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I maintain the hinge assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegularly check the hinge for any signs of wear or damage, and ensure it is properly lubricated for smooth operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Hinge Assembly to enhance the functionality of your convection oven. Order today to ensure your kitchen remains productive and efficient!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810885386625,"sku":"AK385","price":85.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d59857c0799056bc62fa9986c1805fed.png?v=1781705128"},{"product_id":"250w-commercial-heat-lamp-bulb-replacement-for-food-warmers","title":"250W Commercial Heat Lamp Bulb Replacement for Food Warmers","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heat Lamp Bulb Red ES 250W is an essential component for ensuring food remains warm and ready to serve. Designed for use with the Carving Station Heat Lamp and other similar food warmers, this powerful heat lamp bulb is perfect for catering businesses, restaurants, or any setting that requires consistent food temperature maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable hard glass, this infrared quartz bulb offers a reliable performance that meets demanding operational needs. With its Edison screw fitting, installation is quick and straightforward. The heat lamp bulb excels in keeping dishes warm for services and canteens, providing not only convenience but also enhanced presentation for your culinary offerings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 180g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 250W infrared output\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFitting\u003c\/strong\u003e Edison screw fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-dimmable\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard glass quartz\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e Gantry lamps and food warmers\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe infrared output effectively retains heat, ensuring food stays warm for periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e fitting makes replacement hassle-free and compatible with various fixtures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-dimmable feature guarantees consistency in heat output, eliminating variable temperature issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust glass construction offers durability and longevity, minimizing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design allows for versatile applications in different food service environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e250W infrared output - efficiently warms food in,, and serving areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e screw fitting - easy installation and compatibility with a wide range of equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRed hue - enhances the visual appeal of food, making it more appetizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-dimmable - maintains a steady temperature for reliable food safety and quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHard glass construction - ensures resilience against heat while providing effective insulation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for various food warmers - versatility across multiple food serving solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent infrared heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYour food stays at a safe serving temperature for longer periods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable hard glass construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFewer replacements needed, saving you time and money in the run.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple installation with fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYou can quickly replace the bulb with minimal downtime in service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heat Lamp Bulb is optimally designed for a variety of food service environments. Its ability to maintain consistent heat makes it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups in restaurants and catering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCanteens and cafeterias for large-scale food service\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and mobile kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGastronomy events requiring reliable food temperature maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood display areas where presentation is key\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the bulb is securely fitted into a compatible socket. Regularly check the bulb for any signs of wear and replace as necessary to maintain effective heating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the wattage of the Heat Lamp Bulb?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulb has an output of 250W, providing effective infrared heating for your food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this bulb suitable for all food warmers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's specifically designed for use with the Carving Station and other similar food warmers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heat lamp bulb is intended for indoor use with food warmers and should not be exposed to outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your culinary offerings stay warm and appealing with the Heat Lamp Bulb Red ES 250W. Order today to enhance your food service experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810890727809,"sku":"AG570","price":24.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/efcd81aa68555342fdc38395b11e6396.png?v=1781705191"},{"product_id":"2kw-commercial-hotplate-replacement-for-catering-equipment","title":"2kW Commercial Hotplate Replacement for Catering Equipment","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Hotplate 2kw is a crucial replacement component designed specifically for professionals and enthusiasts who rely on robust cooking equipment. Ideal for those managing commercial kitchens or busy catering operations, this hotplate delivers reliable performance, ensuring that your cooking tasks are handled efficiently and effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis high-quality hotplate boasts a durable metal construction, making it a reliable solution for high-usage environments. Specifically designed to fit seamlessly into the model NP4H, this component solves common issues related to heating consistency and appliance longevity, allowing for a smooth cooking experience without interruptions. High build quality ensures that it withstands intense daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 48(H) x 183(W) x 210(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.55kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy installation process ensures minimal downtime in kitchen operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable metal construction provides -lasting performance under heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design aids in effortless equipment handling and positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with established cooking systems for seamless integration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for compatibility - fits NP4H model perfectly without modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMetal build - enhances durability and heat distribution for consistent cooking results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions - suitable for various kitchen layouts and setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight - easy to transport and install, reducing setup time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable performance - ensures minimal disruptions during cooking, vital for service speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient heat output - helps maintain cooking temperature efficiently, ideal for bulk cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the need for frequent replacements, saving you time and money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSeamless compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMakes fitting easy, ensuring your kitchen operates without delays.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact size\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFits easily into tight spaces, maximizing your kitchen's work area.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hotplate 2kw excels in various settings, making it a versatile choice for your kitchen needs. Here are some settings where it performs exceptionally:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens with heavy-duty cooking demands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering businesses requiring reliable portable cooking solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service establishments needing efficient heat sources for various dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWorkshops and demo kitchens for culinary classes and training.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hotplate can be installed easily by following the manufacturer's guidelines. Regular cleaning and maintenance are essential to ensure longevity and optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the Hotplate 2kw?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hotplate 2kw weighs 1.55kg, making it lightweight and easy to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich model is this hotplate compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement hotplate is designed to fit seamlessly into the NP4H model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the hotplate made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hotplate is constructed from high-quality metal, ensuring durability and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience cooking efficiency like never before with the Hotplate 2kw. Order today to enhance your cooking operations and ensure seamless service in your kitchen!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810894627201,"sku":"AJ039","price":98.14,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c8c09af27fef4235305b842932583116.png?v=1781705256"},{"product_id":"3000w-commercial-induction-hob-coil-replacement-part","title":"3000W Commercial Induction Hob Coil Replacement Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Coil 3000W is an essential component for anyone utilizing a induction hob. Designed for efficiency, this coil maximizes cooking performance, ensuring tasks like sautéing, boiling, or simmering are executed with precision. Whether you're a chef or a home cooking enthusiast, this part helps you achieve outstanding culinary results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality copper, the Coil offers exceptional thermal conductivity, allowing for quick and even heating. Weighing only 1.6 kg and compactly designed at dimensions of 20(H) x 220(W) x 220(D) mm, it occupies minimal space while delivering powerful cooking capabilities. This coil not only solves the hassle of uneven heating but also enhances the longevity of your cooking equipment, making it a vital addition to your culinary toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 20(H) x 220(W) x 220(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Copper\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Copper\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent thermal conductivity for efficient heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design, easy to handle and install.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size, perfect for minimalistic kitchen setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction that withstands high-temperature cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProvides even heat distribution, ensuring consistent cooking results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick installation saves time and enhances kitchen efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow-maintenance material that resists wear and tear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile compatibility with various induction hobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEco-friendly copper construction promotes sustainability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReduces consumption, contributing to cost savings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Induction Hob Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCook food faster, saving you time in the kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable copper material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance, reducing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasily fits into various kitchen layouts, maximizing space usage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy handling during installation and maintenance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Coil is versatile and suitable for various cooking environments. It excels in spaces that require rapid and efficient heating solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for busy kitchens where speed is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for home chefs seeking reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for catering events requiring fast cooking times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for food trucks and pop-up kitchens needing mobility and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Coil is straightforward, making it accessible for both professionals and DIY enthusiasts. Regularly check connections for optimal performance and clean the surface to maintain efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the material of the Coil 3000W?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Coil 3000W is constructed from high-quality copper, ensuring excellent thermal conductivity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the coil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions of the Coil are 20(H) x 220(W) x 220(D) mm, making it compact and easy to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Coil weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coil weighs 1.6 kg, providing a lightweight and manageable component for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're seeking to elevate your cooking experience with reliable heating solutions, the Coil 3000W is a practical choice. Order today to enhance your induction hob's performance and make cooking more efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810900558209,"sku":"AP416","price":97.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/5ca6511f526b5a21488ec9f3a110cd85.png?v=1781705309"},{"product_id":"300mm-commercial-meat-slicer-blade-replacement-part","title":"300mm Commercial Meat Slicer Blade Replacement Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Meat Slicer Blade, 300mm is an essential component designed for kitchens and catering services. This high-quality meat slicer blade is ideal for chefs and restaurant owners who demand precision and efficiency while slicing through various types of meat, ensuring consistently thin and even cuts. This tool is your solution for speeding up food preparation, making it invaluable in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable materials, the Meat Slicer Blade promises longevity and reliability, even under heavy use. It addresses common slicing challenges faced by chefs, such as uneven cuts and the need for frequent blade replacements. The robustness of this slicer blade not only enhances its lifespan but also stands out in terms of performance compared to blades. With its ability to handle different meat types effortlessly, it’s a versatile addition to your culinary toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.24kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficiently slices through various meat types with precision.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to replace for minimal downtime in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for -grade meat slicers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision cutting for consistent slice thickness, enhancing presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction reduces the frequency of replacements and maintenance costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design for ease of handling during food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with a variety of commercial meat slicers, ensuring broad usability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for high-volume usage, ideal for busy catering environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving efficiency that helps in meeting high demand during service hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Meat Slicer Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable and lightweight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to handle and minimizes operator fatigue during hours of use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCan be used with most meat slicers, enhancing versatility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision slicing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures uniform cuts, improving both food presentation and portion control.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Meat Slicer Blade excels in multiple settings, providing optimal performance and efficiency. Below are some of its ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for restaurants and cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services where speed and efficiency are crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelis specializing in cold cuts and fresh meats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeat processing facilities requiring precision and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupermarkets with in-house meat counters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the Meat Slicer Blade is installed correctly on compatible slicers. Regular maintenance, including routine cleaning and sharpening, will prolong its lifespan and maintain its cutting efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this blade be used on any meat slicer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this Meat Slicer Blade is designed to fit a variety of -grade meat slicers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the blade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blade weighs 2.24kg, making it easy to handle while providing stability during slicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to maintain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! Routine cleaning and sharpening will keep it in optimum condition without requiring specialized tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen’s cutting capabilities with the Meat Slicer Blade, 300mm. Experience precision and reliability that will streamline your food preparation. Order today to transform the way you slice meat!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810902557057,"sku":"AD439","price":393.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/cf20bc105d28d548f10d038fc779f87f.png?v=1781705331"},{"product_id":"30l-commercial-water-boiler-complete-water-gauge-replacement","title":"30L Commercial Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge Replacement","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 30Ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge is an essential component for maintaining your black water boiler's functionality. Designed for professionals in food service and catering, this water gauge allows for accurate monitoring of water levels, thereby ensuring efficient operation during busy hours. With this replacement gauge, you'll minimize disruptions, enhance service delivery, and improve overall efficiency in your kitchen. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable glass, the 30Ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge is built to last, addressing the common issue of inaccurate readings and gauges that fail. Its precise engineering provides reliable performance, ensuring that your water boiler runs at optimal capacity. This genuine part sets itself apart with its compatibility and ease of installation, allowing you to get back to serving your customers in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 335(H) x 16(W) x 16(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 240g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFits, ensuring easy replacement and compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision engineering for accurate water level readings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable glass construction provides longevity under regular use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design for easy handling and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient performance helps prevent overheating by providing accurate water level readings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install, reducing downtime in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable glass material ensures -term reliability, minimizing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size allows for installation in various kitchen setups without taking up excessive space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with specific models, ensuring it fits seamlessly into your existing equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCost-effective solution that implements -grade parts in your catering operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Water Boiler Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccurate Readings\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures your water boiler operates efficiently, preventing damage from low water levels.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick Installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes downtime, so you can return to serving customers promptly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting Durability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the frequency of replacements, saving you time and money over the term.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis water gauge excels in a variety of environments where consistent performance is critical. Common applications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants with high-volume beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies that need reliable hot beverage appliances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets requiring consistent water temperature management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood stalls and kiosks serving hot drinks in busy locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the 30Ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge is straightforward and compatible with models. Regularly check the gauge for clarity and accuracy to ensure reliable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of water boilers is this gauge compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gauge fits the black water boiler models, specifically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this gauge easy to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 30Ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge is designed for quick and straightforward installation, minimizing downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow durable is the material used in the water gauge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe water gauge is made from high-quality glass, offering longevity and resistance against wear in a busy kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your black water boiler operates flawlessly with the 30Ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge. Order today to improve your kitchen’s efficiency and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810905309569,"sku":"AW107","price":34.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8fdab023ad2f2ea3df19af6a5f01534e.png?v=1781705366"},{"product_id":"3kw-replacement-element-for-commercial-countertop-fryers","title":"3kW Replacement Element for Commercial Countertop Fryers","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Element is an essential component for those who rely on countertop electric fryers. Designed for restaurant kitchens and catering services, this replacement element offers consistent heat and efficiency, enhancing the frying process to deliver perfectly cooked food every time. With an emphasis on functionality and ease of use, it stands out as a reliable choice for both chefs and home culinary enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the element ensures durability and longevity. Weighing in at 638g, it is engineered to tackle the demands of busy kitchens, providing robust performance without compromising on build quality. This replacement part addresses the need for a reliable power source in fryers, ensuring minimal downtime and maximum productivity. Its straightforward compatibility with existing fryer systems further differentiates it from other options on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 638g\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving design for efficient heating and cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction that withstands high temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSimple installation that minimizes downtime during service.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with countertop electric fryers for seamless replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for easy maintenance and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHigh efficiency - Reduces cooking times and enhances productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRobust performance - Ensures consistent heat delivery for excellent frying results.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install - Allows for quick swaps without extensive downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with popular fryer models - Provides versatility in usage.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurability - Extends the lifespan of your frying equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight - Easy to handle during installation and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Fryer Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eQuick installation\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eMinimizes downtime and keeps your kitchen running efficiently.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eReliable heating\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures perfectly cooked food items, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eSaves money in the run by reducing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Element excels in a variety of environments, proving indispensable for anyone operating an electric fryer. Here are some of its ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants - Essential for preparing fried items efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering services - Reliable heating for event-based food preparations.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks - Offers portability and ease of installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFast food establishments - Delivers quick turnaround times for orders.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDiner settings - Provides consistent frying for traditional menu items.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Element is straightforward, requiring no specialized tools. Ensure that your fryer is unplugged before starting the replacement process for safety. Regular maintenance includes cleaning the element to prevent grease buildup, ensuring optimal operation.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the Element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe element weighs 638g, making it manageable for installation and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this element compatible with all fryer models?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement element is specifically designed for countertop electric fryers.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the product come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eWhile warranty specifics are not mentioned, the element is built for durability, ensuring -term use.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eMake cooking more efficient and reliable with the Element. Order today to enhance your fryer performance and keep your kitchen running smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810913599873,"sku":"FU316","price":326.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/320968ef6c82f267df6ca9bd20069b40.png?v=1781705481"},{"product_id":"40ltr-commercial-water-boiler-complete-water-gauge-replacement","title":"40Ltr Commercial Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge Replacement","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 40Ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge is an essential component for those who utilize black water boilers. Designed primarily for catering professionals and businesses needing reliable hot water solutions, this water gauge offers accurate monitoring for maximum efficiency. Its inclusion can significantly enhance the functionality of your equipment, ensuring that your water heating needs are met with precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe build quality of this genuine water gauge underscores its durability and reliability. Constructed from high-grade glass, this gauge not only ensures accurate readings but also solves the frequent problem of inaccurate water level indicators. Each component is engineered to fit perfectly with the black water boiler, providing easy installation and peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 418(H) x 16(W) x 16(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 260g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFits model, ensuring compatibility with existing equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eProvides accurate water level readings for efficient operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy installation allows for quick maintenance and minimal downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction designed to withstand the demands of a busy kitchen environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-precision glass construction ensures accurate water levels, preventing overheating or insufficient water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design allows for simple handling during installation or replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant material enhances longevity, reducing the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear visibility of water levels helps staff operate the machine efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick setup promotes minimal interruption to service, ideal for fast-paced operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTailored fit for boilers guarantees that you receive a dependable and effective part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Water Boiler Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccurate water level monitoring\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the risk of equipment damage and optimizes performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable glass material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures -lasting use even under high demand.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes downtime and allows for immediate use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40Ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge is ideal for various settings, ensuring functionality and efficiency across multiple industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens in restaurants and cafés.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services requiring instant access to hot water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups needing reliable hot beverage stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHospitality venues looking for efficient equipment operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service events where quick beverage preparation is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis water gauge is designed for straightforward installation with minimal tools required. Ensure that you follow the manufacturer's guidelines for fitting to maintain the integrity and functionality of your boiler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the 40Ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product includes one complete water gauge designed specifically for compatibility with the black water boiler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this water gauge easy to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the water gauge is designed for simple installation, allowing users to set it up quickly without extensive technical knowledge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the water gauge compatible with all water boilers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis gauge specifically fits the model of the water boiler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhancing your black water boiler's functionality is effortless with the 40Ltr Water Boiler Complete Water Gauge. Ensure accurate monitoring and efficiency in your operations—order today to streamline your service! \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810918220161,"sku":"AW108","price":37.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7620ff4e6ac3447544c4d04a0f97eff2.png?v=1781705546"},{"product_id":"500w-replacement-element-for-commercial-pizza-oven-parts","title":"500W Replacement Element for Commercial Pizza Oven Parts","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Element is an essential replacement part designed specifically for salamander grills. Ideal for kitchen professionals and culinary enthusiasts, this component ensures your pizza oven operates seamlessly, allowing for consistent cooking results that elevate your dishes. Crafted to replace a faulty element, it delivers reliable performance while enhancing the lifespan of your cooking equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durability in mind, the Element is made from high-quality materials, designed to withstand the demands of a busy kitchen environment. This 500W replacement element addresses common heating issues, ensuring that your pizza oven heats evenly and efficiently. Unlike lesser alternatives that may compromise on performance, this element guarantees a quick and even cook, making it a crucial addition to your kitchen toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 500W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 36g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick and straightforward replacement process reduces downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptimized for even heating to ensure perfectly cooked pizzas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with salamander grills for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision-engineered to exact specifications, maintaining consistent performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable heating element – reduces cooking inconsistencies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design – easy to handle and install without any added bulk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast heat-up time – minimizes wait times for your dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCost-effective maintenance – prolongs the life of your pizza oven.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEngineered for safety – built to meet industry standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect fit – ensures compatibility with specific models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Pizza Oven Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent cooking results\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy perfectly cooked pizzas every time, enhancing your culinary reputation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimize downtime with a quick and easy fitting process.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eInvest in a quality part that will withstand heavy use, saving you money in the run.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Element is a versatile replacement component that excels in various settings. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes specializing in pizza.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services with a focus on quick service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks offering gourmet pizza options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens with high-volume cooking needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for pizza enthusiasts who require -grade equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an optimal fit, replace the heating element according to the manufacturer's guidelines provided with your grill. Regular maintenance, such as cleaning the area surrounding the element, will help prolong its lifespan and ensure consistent performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the Element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe power rating is 500W, which provides reliable heating for optimal cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this element compatible with other models?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis element is specifically designed for the salamander grill for guaranteed compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the Element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe element weighs 36g, making it easy to handle during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the Element ensures your pizza oven operates at peak efficiency, helping you create delicious, perfectly cooked pizzas. Order today and enhance your culinary capabilities with this essential component.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810941747585,"sku":"FU315","price":187.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/714433df8ac2a2df168b34ea89e7ddd3.png?v=1781705662"},{"product_id":"5l-commercial-planetary-mixer-replacement-bowl-304-stainless-steel","title":"5L Commercial Planetary Mixer Replacement Bowl 304 Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Planetary Mixer Replacement Bowl is the ideal accessory for anyone using a 5ltr planetary mixer. Designed for chefs and bakers in both and home kitchens, this replacement bowl provides a reliable solution for food preparation, allowing you to mix, knead, and whip ingredients effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable 304 stainless steel, this replacement bowl ensures -lasting performance and resistance to wear and tear. It addresses the common problem of needing a sturdy and efficient mixing bowl, enabling you to maintain high productivity without interruption. The genuine part guarantees compatibility and meets the high standards expected from commercial kitchen equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 235(H) x 200(W) x 200(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e 304 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 960g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with 5ltr planetary mixers\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust design suited for both heavy and light mixing tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, ensuring hygiene standards are maintained.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision fit for optimal mixing performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction that withstands heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to handle and pour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant surface for extended lifespan and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatibility with mixers ensures you won't face fitting issues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple design facilitates effortless cleaning for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e quality that meets the demands of commercial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Mixer Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting use without rust or damage.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with mixers\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo compatibility issues, easy replacement.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to manage during food preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement bowl is perfect for various culinary settings, making it versatile for multiple use cases. It performs exceptionally well in the following areas:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial bakeries for large batches of dough mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants where high-volume food preparation is necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services requiring reliable equipment for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens where high-quality mixing solutions are needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure you fit the Replacement Bowl securely onto your mixer for optimal performance. Clean the bowl with warm, soapy water after each use to maintain hygiene and prolong its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat is the material of the replacement bowl?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement bowl is made of durable 304 stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the replacement bowl?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 235(H) x 200(W) x 200(D)mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIs this bowl compatible with other mixers?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bowl is specifically designed for use with 5ltr planetary mixers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Planetary Mixer Replacement Bowl offers a seamless solution for mixing needs, ensuring you maintain efficiency in your cooking or baking processes. Order today to enhance your kitchen experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810954559873,"sku":"AS422","price":113.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/13a27cc61eb9157bcb2018938317e1d6.png?v=1781705726"},{"product_id":"5mm-grater-disc-for-commercial-food-processor-replacement","title":"5mm Grater Disc for Commercial Food Processor Replacement","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 5mm Grater Disc is a versatile replacement part designed specifically for multi-function food processors. Ideal for chefs, home cooks, and catering services, this grater disc allows you to effortlessly prepare fresh ingredients for a variety of dishes. Enhance your food preparation process by quickly grating vegetables, cheeses, and more, saving you time in the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, the 5mm Grater Disc offers durability and resistance to rust and corrosion, ensuring a -lasting addition to your kitchen tools. This reliable grater disc addresses the common problem of worn-out or inefficient grating surfaces, providing a sharp and effective grating experience. Its precision engineering sets it apart, making it an essential component for anyone looking to enhance their food processing capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 20(H) x 150(W) x 150(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 150g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-efficiency grating for quick meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and remove for hassle-free cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a range of food processors, enhancing flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures it withstands regular kitchen use without bending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision grating: Ensures consistent texture for all your culinary creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty steel: Strong enough to grate through hard cheeses and root vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-efficient design: Maximizes productivity in busy commercial kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy maintenance: Quickly removable for simple cleaning and care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design: Enhances ease of use without sacrificing performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExceptional value: A cost-effective solution for maintaining your food processor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Processor Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting, even under regular use, saving you money on replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortless replacements mean you spend less time waiting and more time cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e5mm grating size\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for a variety of recipes, ensuring versatility in food preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5mm Grater Disc excels in various settings, making it an indispensable tool in both home and kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and catering services for fast-paced meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for efficient food preparation at family gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens requiring durable and reliable food processing tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for grating ingredients for salads, pizzas, and pastas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo install the 5mm Grater Disc, simply detach your current disc and replace it with the new one, ensuring a snug fit. For maintenance, periodic cleaning with warm soapy water will keep it in optimal condition. Avoid harsh abrasives to maintain its stainless-steel finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat food processors is the 5mm Grater Disc compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis grater disc is designed specifically for use with multi-function food processors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this grater disc easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the disc can be easily removed for cleaning and can be washed with warm, soapy water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the grater disc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5mm Grater Disc weighs 150g, making it lightweight and easy to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMake your kitchen experience smoother and more efficient with the 5mm Grater Disc. Order today to elevate your food preparation game.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810965995905,"sku":"AP320","price":58.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/08deb3b955d7a132512d1b103a5d05fa.png?v=1781705745"},{"product_id":"7x-gn-countertop-replacement-glass-kit-for-commercial-fridge","title":"7x GN Countertop Replacement Glass Kit for Commercial Fridge","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 7x GN Countertop Replacement Glass Kit is essential for anyone operating a G-Series Countertop Prep Fridge. Designed specifically for the model, this replacement glass kit ensures your food presentation remains attractive and sanitary, enhancing the overall functionality of your kitchen workspace. By investing in this replacement glass kit, you maintain an efficient food service environment that meets industry standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the 7x GN Countertop Replacement Glass Kit provides a reliable solution for damaged or missing glass surfaces. This replacement kit is not just about aesthetics; it plays a crucial role in preserving the temperature and freshness of your food items. By offering a clear view of your ingredients, it allows for quick and easy access while keeping everything neatly organized and visible, thereby improving workflow in busy kitchen settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 40g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Glass Panel – Designed for 7x GN 1\/4\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Glass Panel – Ideal for countertop use\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Glass Panel – Ensures clear visibility of contents\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Glass Panel – Easy to clean and maintain\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction that withstands daily wear and tear\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExact fit for seamless integration with your prep fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design for easy handling and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for G-Series – Guarantees a perfect fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear visibility – Enhances product display and encourages customer interaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight but tough – Easy to manage without sacrificing strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple installation – Users can replace broken panels with minimal effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHygienic surface – Facilitates ease of cleaning, important in food service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials – Offers -lasting performance even in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Servery Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect fit for \u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo need for adjustments or modifications; hassle-free installation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the frequency of replacements and saves money over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHelps maintain hygiene standards, essential for any kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis glass kit is designed for high-performance use. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes where food presentation is vital.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services that require efficient food storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens focusing on organization and visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups benefiting from clear display surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks that need durable, reliable storage solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the 7x GN Countertop Replacement Glass Kit is straightforward. Simply remove the damaged glass panel and replace it with the new one, ensuring a secure fit. To maintain the glass, use non-abrasive cleaners to avoid scratching the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the 7x GN Countertop Replacement Glass Kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes one glass panel specifically designed for the 7x GN 1\/4 compartments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this glass durable enough for everyday use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the glass panels are constructed to withstand the rigors of daily kitchen operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the glass panels?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse non-abrasive cleaners and a soft cloth to keep the glass surfaces pristine and clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the 7x GN Countertop Replacement Glass Kit ensures your kitchen remains functional, efficient, and visually appealing. For optimal performance and hygiene, order today to enhance your food preparation area.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811013476737,"sku":"AB209","price":225.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7872574e5d5186223d36ffbd8ae4ed36.png?v=1781705904"},{"product_id":"8kw-replacement-element-for-commercial-electric-chargrill","title":"8kW Replacement Element for Commercial Electric Chargrill","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Element is an essential replacement part for your countertop electric chargrill. Designed specifically for professionals in catering and food service, this powerful 8kW element ensures optimal heating performance, helping you deliver perfectly grilled dishes with consistent results. Whether you’re running a busy restaurant or catering for events, having this reliable replacement element means your chargrill is always ready to perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality materials, the Element is built to last. This replacement part solves the common issue of overheating or uneven cooking, as it is specifically engineered to fit your chargrill model seamlessly. By choosing this component, you not only enhance the efficiency of your cooking equipment but also reduce downtime, keeping your service uninterrupted and your customers satisfied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.51kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e High-quality metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsures even heat distribution for perfectly grilled food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple to install, minimizing equipment downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for -lasting performance, reducing frequency of replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with countertop electric chargrills for easy upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh wattage enables rapid heating, improving cooking efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes handling and installation straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures reliability in high-demand environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a variety of recipes and cooking techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSupports catering standards, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStreamlined maintenance process due to its durable design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Chargrill Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProduces evenly grilled food every time, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces maintenance time and keeps your grill operational.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh power output\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpeeds up cooking times, making food preparation more efficient.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess frequent replacements, saving on costs in the run.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Element is beautifully suited for various environments where chargrilling is essential. Here are some typical applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing consistent, high-quality grilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies responsible for outdoor events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks looking to maximize cooking efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHospitality establishments aiming to enhance kitchen productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis element is designed for straightforward installation in compatible countertop electric chargrills. Ensure to follow the manufacturer's instructions for proper fitting and care, leading to maximum performance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I install the Element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply follow the installation guidelines provided with your chargrill for a quick and efficient setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this element compatible with other brands of chargrills?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the Element is specifically designed for use with models to ensure optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes with a warranty, details can vary, so please check with your supplier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith the Element, you can ensure your chargrill operates at peak performance. Order today to keep your kitchen running smoothly and efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811015704961,"sku":"FU317","price":703.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d977722ddddf15d1846f4e6312e3fb77.png?v=1781705950"},{"product_id":"8x8mm-replacement-cutting-grid-for-commercial-chips-preparation","title":"8x8mm Replacement Cutting Grid for Commercial Chips Preparation","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 8x8mm Cutting Grid for Chips is an essential spare part designed for culinary enthusiasts and chefs alike, who demand efficiency and reliability in their kitchen tools. Perfect for creating uniform chips, this cutting grid enhances productivity by providing consistent results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed for durability, the cutting grid is made with high-quality materials that ensure longevity, even under heavy use. This replacement part addresses the common issue of worn-out grids, which can lead to uneven cutting and inefficient food preparation. Its precise design seamlessly fits with compatible machines while standing out for its reliability and performance in the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 850g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Cutting Grid – 8 x 8 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction Manual – Included\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with and models\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for optimal chip cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and replace\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction to withstand frequent use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecise cutting – Achieve consistent chip sizes for -quality dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design – Simple installation process saves time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials – -lasting performance prevents frequent replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with specific models – Ensures a perfect fit for your machines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhances kitchen efficiency – Reduces prep time, making busy kitchen environments more productive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy maintenance – Designed for straightforward care and cleaning for ongoing reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Part\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent chip sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfectly uniform presentation enhances the visual appeal of dishes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatibility with models\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo compatibility issues, easy transition from old parts to new.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduced frequency of part replacements saves time and money in the run.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cutting grid excels in various culinary environments, making it a versatile tool for your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens needing efficient chip production\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and catering services focused on quick service\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants aiming for uniformity in food presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome cooks looking to replicate restaurant-quality fries\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAny establishment that values precision in food preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cutting grid is designed for straightforward installation in compatible machines. Regular cleaning ensures optimal performance, helping to maintain the tool's cutting efficiency and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat models is the 8x8mm Cutting Grid compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cutting grid fits the and models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the cutting grid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the 8x8mm Cutting Grid is 850g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to replace the cutting grid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the grid is designed for easy installation and replacement, making it user-friendly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDiscover the efficiency and precision of the 8x8mm Cutting Grid for Chips. Enhance your culinary experience today and streamline your kitchen processes. Order now to elevate your cooking game!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811016458625,"sku":"AD704","price":412.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/ee459ba05656aee88cf47b5ae50a15de.png?v=1781705963"},{"product_id":"9000w-commercial-glasswasher-incoloy-replacement-resistance","title":"9000W Commercial Glasswasher Incoloy Replacement Resistance","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 9000W Glasswasher Resistance Incoloy is an essential replacement part designed specifically for professionals in the food and beverage industry. It ensures that your glasswashing unit performs at peak efficiency, delivering spotless and hygienic results every time. With this incoloy resistance, you have reliability and durability that keeps your operations running smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality incoloy 800 material, the glasswasher resistance is built to withstand the demanding environment of commercial kitchens. Its robust design not only solves the problem of frequent breakdowns in glasswashers but also offers better heat retention for faster washing cycles. Unlike less durable options, this resistance guarantees a lifespan, making it a cost-effective choice for your business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 760g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable incoloy 800 construction ensures extended performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient use to help manage operating costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with various glasswasher models for versatile use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple installation process saves time and labour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust incoloy 800 material – Resists corrosion and high temperatures for a longer lifespan.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhanced heating efficiency – Reduces cycle times, improving productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable performance – Keeps your glasswashers running smoothly with minimal downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design – Easy to handle and install, minimizing interruptions in service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuality assured – Direct replacement ensures compatibility with all units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCost-effective maintenance – Avoids the expense of frequent replacements and repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Dishwasher Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the need for frequent replacements, saving you money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast Installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes downtime, allowing your glasswasher to be back in service quickly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e Efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHelps in lowering utility costs by optimizing heating processes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis replacement incoloy resistance is ideal for various settings within the food service industry. It's suited for establishments that rely on a consistent supply of clean glassware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants where glass cleanliness is critical for customer satisfaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes with a high turnover of glassware during peak hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs requiring fast and efficient glass washing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels and banquet facilities that serve large numbers of guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen installing the 9000W glasswasher resistance, ensure compatibility with your existing unit. Regular maintenance checks can prevent potential issues, making it advisable to monitor for signs of wear and tear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of material is the resistance made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 9000W glasswasher resistance is crafted from durable incoloy 800 material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the resistance component?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 760g, making it lightweight yet sturdy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this resistance compatible with all glasswashers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this resistance is designed to be compatible with various models of glasswashers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the 9000W Glasswasher Resistance Incoloy for dependable performance that enhances your operational efficiency. Order today to ensure your glassware is always sparkling clean and ready for service.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811017900417,"sku":"AT375","price":187.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6f16afb858db371ba8004cca9153cbcf.png?v=1781705983"},{"product_id":"bakelite-fixer-for-commercial-milkshake-mixer-parts-40mm-high","title":"Bakelite Fixer for Commercial Milkshake Mixer Parts 40mm High","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bakelite Fixer is an essential component designed specifically for milkshake mixers, perfect for both home and settings. Catering to the needs of restaurant owners and smoothie enthusiasts alike, this part ensures that your milkshake mixer operates at optimal efficiency, delivering thick and creamy milkshakes every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality Bakelite, the Bakelite Fixer offers durability while providing excellent heat resistance. This reliable material is known for its resilience, solving problems such as wear and tear over time. Unlike other components made from lower-quality plastics, the Bakelite construction differentiates the Bakelite Fixer with its robust nature, ensuring longevity and reliability in your milkshake-making endeavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 40(H) x 76(W) x 52(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Bakelite\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 23g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design for easy installation and replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade from durable Bakelite to withstand frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to provide a secure fit for seamless mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eResistant to high temperatures and wear, ensuring -term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality Bakelite ensures a -lasting product.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions allow for easy integration into milkshake mixers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight yet robust construction for effortless handling and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to handle the demands of busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhances the performance and efficiency of your milkshake mixer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick replacement process minimizes downtime for your machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Milkshake Mixer Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Bakelite material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess frequent replacements needed, saving you time and money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to store and integrate into existing equipment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple installation process, allowing you to get back to business quickly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bakelite Fixer is versatile and ideal for various settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes focusing on milkshake or smoothie offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for casual milkshake-making enthusiasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and pop-up shops providing quick beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens requiring dependable mixing parts for consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Bakelite Fixer is straightforward and user-friendly. Ensure that your mixer is turned off before replacing the part for safety. Regularly assess the condition of the fixer to maintain optimal performance during intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the dimension of the Bakelite Fixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 40(H) x 76(W) x 52(D)mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is used in the construction of the fixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixer is made from high-quality Bakelite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Bakelite Fixer weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt weighs 23g, making it lightweight and easy to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your milkshake mixer runs efficiently with the Bakelite Fixer. Order today to enhance your beverage-making experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811024257409,"sku":"AK215","price":6.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/cd4816a614c31e7aceec623c654b9eb6.png?v=1781706066"},{"product_id":"bakelite-timer-knob-for-commercial-knife-steriliser-parts","title":"Bakelite Timer Knob for Commercial Knife Steriliser Parts","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Timer \u0026amp; Knob is an essential component for those using knife sterilizers. Designed specifically for culinary professionals and commercial kitchens, this product ensures optimal performance and reliability. With its robust build and precise functionality, it addresses the common challenges faced in maintaining hygiene standards.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality Bakelite, this timer and knob are engineered for durability, making it suitable for frequent use in demanding environments. Its thoughtful design not only ensures longevity but also simplifies the process of knife sterilization, allowing users to focus on their core tasks without the worry of equipment failure.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 46(H) x 50(W) x 55(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Bakelite\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 100g\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy to operate timer for quick sterilization cycle management\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design for effortless handling and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable material ensures resistance to wear and tear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact size fits seamlessly into existing sterilizer units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRobust Bakelite construction - ensures -lasting use even in high-demand settings\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eTime-efficient timer function - helps manage sterilization cycles effectively\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic knob design - allows for easy adjustments and enhances user interaction\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design - promotes ease of installation and reduces operational strain\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions - allows for versatile integration with existing sterilizers\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSimple maintenance requirements - ensures operational readiness at all times\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Knife Steriliser Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEfficient knife sterilization\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eMaintains hygiene and safety in culinary settings.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eReduces frequency of replacements, saving time and cost.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnhances operational efficiency, allowing for quick adjustments.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Timer \u0026amp; Knob excels in various environments where cleanliness is paramount. Its design and functionality make it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering services\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCafes\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHealthcare and food service establishments\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the Timer \u0026amp; Knob is straightforward, ensuring a smooth integration with your existing sterilization equipment. Regular maintenance involves simple cleaning procedures to keep the component in optimal condition, ensuring consistent performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the material of the Timer \u0026amp; Knob?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Timer \u0026amp; Knob is made from durable Bakelite, ensuring longevity and resistance to wear.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 46(H) x 50(W) x 55(D)mm, making it compact and easy to integrate with knife sterilizers.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the product weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the Timer \u0026amp; Knob is 100g, which contributes to its lightweight design for easy handling.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eIn conclusion, the Timer \u0026amp; Knob is an indispensable part for efficient knife sterilization, designed to enhance the safety and hygiene of your kitchen environment. Order today to ensure your food safety standards are met with a reliable part that performs consistently! \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811024290177,"sku":"AJ094","price":76.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3e2831e1e2fcb901fe544166551ce4a3.png?v=1781706066"},{"product_id":"bakelite-handle-for-commercial-pie-cabinet-parts-32-7mm-height","title":"Bakelite Handle for Commercial Pie Cabinet Parts 32.7mm Height","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Handle is an essential component for anyone involved in the culinary arts, especially those utilizing pie cupboards. Designed for both functionality and ease of use, this handle offers a durable and reliable solution for seamless access to your cabinet contents. Whether you're a chef or an enthusiastic home cook, the Handle ensures smooth operation and accessibility, enhancing your kitchen experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from high-quality Bakelite, the Handle stands out for its robustness and -lasting performance. Its lightweight design, combined with its ability to withstand daily wear and tear, addresses common durability issues faced by kitchen hardware. With an emphasis on user experience, this handle not only provides a comfortable grip but also retains its integrity under stress, ensuring consistent performance in busy kitchen settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 32.7(H) x 31.5(W) x 19.8(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Bakelite\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 20g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic design promotes a comfortable grip during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction makes installation and handling a breeze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable material resists heat and common kitchen impacts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install, making it suitable for various cabinet types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size ensures it fits a variety of cabinet styles without overwhelming aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-slip design enhances user safety while accessing stored items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMinimal maintenance required due to the robust nature of Bakelite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use in both commercial and residential kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive appearance complements a range of kitchen designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCost-effective solution when replacing worn or broken handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Pie Cabinet Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Bakelite material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eResists damage, extending product lifespan and reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMakes for effortless installation and handling, perfect for busy kitchens.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eErgonomic shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures comfortable use, preventing hand strain over prolonged periods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Handle excels in various contexts, making it a go-to choice for many users. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens where frequent access to cabinets is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens looking to upgrade or replace worn cabinet hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing dependable and aesthetically pleasing cabinet solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and bakeries where quick access to storage is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent catering setups that demand reliability and ease of use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the Handle is straightforward and can typically be completed with basic tools. Ensure to check compatibility with existing cabinet hardware for optimal performance. Regular cleaning with a damp cloth will maintain its appearance and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the Handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Handle weighs 20g, making it lightweight and easy to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Handle made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle is crafted from durable Bakelite, known for its heat resistance and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 32.7mm in height, 31.5mm in width, and 19.8mm in depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the durability and functionality of the Handle for your kitchen and simplify your cabinet access today. Order one for your kitchen and enhance your culinary experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811024388481,"sku":"AB597","price":21.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/656aa9b785dccf712d7c4deeb1939c6d.png?v=1781706067"},{"product_id":"bamboo-handle-for-commercial-barbecue-grill-parts-290mm-width","title":"Bamboo Handle for Commercial Barbecue Grill Parts 290mm Width","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Handle is an essential component designed for BBQ enthusiasts who demand quality and functionality from their barbecue parts. Specifically crafted for barbecue setups, this handle provides a robust grip that ensures safety and ease of use. Whether you’re flipping burgers or lifting heavy grill grates, the Handle is here to elevate your grilling experience.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable bamboo, the Handle combines strength and style, making it a reliable choice for outdoor barbecue sessions. Its lightweight design—just 250 grams—ensures that it’s easy to handle without sacrificing quality. This product addresses the common problem of flimsy handles that break under pressure, standing out with a solid build that promises longevity and performance in high-heat environments.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 30(H) x 290(W) x 130(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Bamboo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 250g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design provides easy handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrafted from eco-friendly bamboo for reduced environmental impact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction withstands high cooking temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomically shaped for a comfortable grip that reduces hand fatigue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eExceptional strength - ensures the handle won’t slip during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e finish - adds a rustic touch to any grilling setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistant to heat - perfect for managing hot grills without worry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafe for food contact - crafted with materials that are safe to use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable and compact - easy to store or carry to outdoor events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerified purchaser satisfaction - trusted by numerous users for its reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Barbecue Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eMade of bamboo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEco-friendly alternative with aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to maneuver, even when busy grilling.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable and sturdy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncreases safety while handling hot items on the grill.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDecreases strain on your hands for longer grilling sessions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Handle is perfect for a variety of grilling scenarios. Its robust construction and ergonomic design make it suitable for numerous, whether you're at home or away.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for backyard barbecues and family gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for outdoor cooking events such as tailgating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for commercial grilling in food trucks or restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for camping trips where portable grilling is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with various grill types including charcoal and gas grills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eTo maintain the quality of your Handle, regularly clean it with warm soapy water and allow it to air dry. Ensure compatibility with your barbecue fittings for the best performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the Handle made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Handle is constructed from high-quality bamboo, providing strength and resilience.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I care for the bamboo handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eClean it with warm soapy water and allow it to air dry to keep it in optimal condition.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe handle measures 30(H) x 290(W) x 130(D) mm, making it easy to handle and maneuver.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the difference with the Handle for your grilling adventures. Elevate your outdoor cooking experience and ensure reliable handling, making every barbecue memorable. Order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811024617857,"sku":"AJ377","price":46.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/cfaf07eed2a17f1193f14a71955bd801.png?v=1781706072"},{"product_id":"buffalo-contact-grill-replacement-decal-sticker-for-easy-use","title":"Contact Grill Replacement Decal Sticker for Easy Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Decal Sticker is an essential component for your Contact Grill, designed specifically for food service operators and catering professionals. This decal sticker serves a significant purpose: it aids in maintaining your kitchen equipment's efficiency and safety standards by providing clear, essential information. Whether you're in a bustling restaurant or a catering business, this product ensures your grill remains operational and compliant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable materials, the Decal Sticker is built to withstand the demands of a busy kitchen environment. Its high-quality manufacturing ensures that it will stay intact, even in the face of heat, grease, and other kitchen conditions. The problem it solves is vital for operational integrity, as worn or missing decals can lead to miscommunication regarding appliance usage and safety. What sets this decal apart is its straightforward design, which allows for easy recognition and compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 150mm x 75mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Multi-colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.05kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to apply on any smooth surface, ensuring a secure fit that lasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWater and grease-resistant, making it ideal for kitchen environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClear, easy-to-read fonts that enhance visibility and comprehension for all staff members.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for -term use without fading or peeling, ensuring lasting reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction that will not easily wear down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSelf-adhesive backing for simple installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetro-reflective properties for visibility in low-light conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpecific compliance messaging to meet health and safety standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOptimized dimensions that fit perfectly on grill surfaces without obscuring operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive design that enhances the appearance of your grill station.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Contact Grill Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced visibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the risk of misuse, ensuring safer operation of your grill.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFewer replacements needed, saving time and costs in the run.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWater and grease resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintains clarity and appearance despite the challenges of a busy kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Decal Sticker is versatile and can be used in various settings where grill safety and operation are paramount. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and dining establishments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services for events and large gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast food outlets requiring quick and safe equipment usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks operating various grilling equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe installation of the Decal Sticker is straightforward; simply peel off the backing and firmly adhere it to a clean, smooth surface. Ensure the surface is free of grease and dust for optimal adhesion. Regular checks for wear can help maintain appearance and compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat surfaces can this decal be applied to?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny smooth and clean surface is ideal for application; just ensure it is free from grease and dust before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow do I clean the decal once installed?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe it down with a damp cloth to maintain visibility and clarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIs the decal resistant to heat?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed to withstand the heat typically generated in a kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your kitchen operations with the Decal Sticker. This essential grill part not only ensures compliance and safety but also enhances the visual appeal of your equipment. Order today to improve your kitchen's functionality and appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811026616705,"sku":"AF496","price":49.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e1d57708fc7de323d94728279612753b.png?v=1781706118"},{"product_id":"buffalo-banqueting-trolley-lock-and-key-replacement-part","title":"Banqueting Trolley Lock and Key Replacement Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Lock \u0026amp; Key is an essential component designed specifically for banqueting trolleys. Catering professionals and venues relying on efficient food service will appreciate how this product enhances security and functionality. With its robust metal construction, it provides peace of mind, ensuring that valuable contents are safely stored and accessible only to authorized staff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed of durable metal, the Lock \u0026amp; Key is designed for heavy-duty use. This replacement part addresses the common issue of lost or broken trolley locks, allowing businesses to maintain the integrity and efficient operation of their catering equipment. Its straightforward installation process sets it apart, making it an ideal solution for busy catering environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 18(H) x 5(W) x 5(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 300g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick installation for minimal downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable metal construction withstands heavy usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to enhance security for trolley contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a range of banqueting trolley models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLocks securely to prevent unauthorized access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOffers a reliable solution for keeping contents safe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design does not impede trolley functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMetal build offers longevity and resistance against wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFits seamlessly into existing trolley setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple design for ease of use during busy service periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Banqueting Trolley Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhanced Security\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProtects your valuable catering supplies from theft or tampering.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt to withstand the rigors of a busy catering environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes downtime and keeps your operations running smoothly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lock \u0026amp; Key is perfect for various settings where efficient food service is required. It excels in environments where both mobility and security are essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels serving banquet meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants with mobile catering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies managing multiple events\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConference centers handling large gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Lock \u0026amp; Key is a straightforward process that typically requires basic tools. Regular maintenance includes checking for any wear and ensuring the lock functions smoothly to avoid workflow disruptions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Lock \u0026amp; Key made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lock \u0026amp; Key is constructed from durable metal, ensuring longevity and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the lock and key?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions of the Lock \u0026amp; Key are 18mm in height, 5mm in width, and 5mm in depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Lock \u0026amp; Key weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of this product is approximately 300 grams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSecure your catering equipment today with the Lock \u0026amp; Key. This essential part ensures efficient operation and safety for your banqueting trolleys—order now and enhance your service quality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811026747777,"sku":"AJ076","price":41.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b83a9a10270168063d0e02d4e5502e62.png?v=1781706118"},{"product_id":"centre-element-for-commercial-6-slice-toaster-replacement-part","title":"Centre Element for Commercial 6 Slice Toaster Replacement Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Centre Element for 6 Slice Toaster is an essential component designed for those who rely on a high-performance toaster to meet their baking and food preparation needs. This quality product is tailored for kitchens and commercial establishments, ensuring consistent results when toasting multiple slices of bread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable materials, this centre element not only enhances the toaster's overall performance but also prolongs its lifespan. By replacing worn out or damaged components, you can restore your toaster to its original functionality, minimizing downtime and maximizing efficiency in your cooking operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e 430 Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccurate heating element designed for optimal toast quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install for minimal interruption to your kitchen workflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit perfectly in 6 slice toaster models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable performance ensuring even heat distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality stainless steel construction ensures durability and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for 6 slice toasters enhancing compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReduced frequency of replacements, saving time and costs over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient heating technology provides consistent results and customer satisfaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight and easy to handle during installations or replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple maintenance promotes a hassle-free operating environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Toaster Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eYour toaster will function efficiently for longer periods without replacement.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProvides ease in installation, reducing downtime in your kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCost-effective\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFewer replacements mean less expenditure over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures consistently perfect toast every time, improving customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Centre Element for 6 Slice Toaster is ideal for various settings where high-volume toasting is required. It excels in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets and catering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues with high turnover of meal prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure a proper fit during installation. Regular cleaning and maintenance will promote longevity and prevent any operational issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the material of the Centre Element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe centre element is crafted from durable 430 stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is this part?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the Centre Element is approximately 0.5kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on this part?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, there is a 1-year warranty covering parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance the functionality of your 6 slice toaster with the Centre Element for 6 Slice Toaster. Order today to ensure your kitchen operates at peak efficiency!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811028189569,"sku":"AE601","price":12.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2a6813a1e4dde2b826e8d1c7f4d26c2d.png?v=1781706143"},{"product_id":"centrifugal-juicer-replacement-blade-disk-stainless-steel-405g","title":"Centrifugal Juicer Replacement Blade Disk Stainless Steel 405g","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Centrifugal Replacement Blade (Disc Only) is an essential component designed specifically for those who rely on centrifugal juicers. For both home users and commercial kitchens, this replacement blade ensures optimal juicing performance by delivering consistently smooth and efficient results. With this part, you can continue to enjoy fresh, healthy juices without interruption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, this blade is built to withstand the rigors of daily use while offering unrivaled durability and longevity. It effectively resolves the common issues of dull and ineffective blades, which can hinder juice extraction and compromise flavor. The Centrifugal Replacement Blade distinguishes itself with precision engineering, ensuring it fits seamlessly into the juicer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 405g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for exact compatibility with the centrifugal juicer model, preventing unnecessary wear on your machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy installation process allows for efficient replacement, minimizing downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSharp cutting edge optimizes juice extraction, preserving nutrient quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design enhances ease of use and handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality stainless steel resists corrosion and wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision design provides consistent juicing results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFaster juice extraction saves time in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortless replacement keeps your juicer working like new.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMaintains the freshness and nutritional value of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with various other juicer models for versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Juicer Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting blade reduces the need for frequent replacements, saving money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatibility with juicer \u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures a perfect fit and reliable performance, giving peace of mind.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGet back to juicing quickly with minimal effort required for replacement.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Centrifugal Replacement Blade excels in multiple environments, both personal and. Its versatility makes it suitable for various applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for everyday juice preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and juice bars focusing on fresh drink offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants utilizing fresh ingredients for smoothies and cocktails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHealth food establishments committed to nutritional integrity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, simply replace your old disk with the new Centrifugal Replacement Blade by following the manufacturer's guidelines. Regular cleaning and maintenance will help sustain the blade's sharpness and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat juicer model is compatible with this blade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blade is specifically designed for the centrifugal juicer model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the replacement blade made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Centrifugal Replacement Blade is crafted from high-quality stainless steel for durability and effective performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the replacement blade weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement blade has a weight of 405 grams, ensuring a balance of weight and stability during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal juicing experiences and to maintain your juicer’s performance, invest in the Centrifugal Replacement Blade (Disc Only). Order today and rejuvenate your juicing workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811028255105,"sku":"AG633","price":148.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/02101bdf2f2bf5eac7618e67baeed1cd.png?v=1781706143"},{"product_id":"cibo-oven-usb-stick-for-software-updates-commercial-oven-part","title":"Oven USB Stick for Software Updates - Commercial Oven Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe USB Stick for Ovens is an essential component for keeping your convection oven running smoothly and efficiently. It is specifically designed for culinary professionals who rely on ovens in busy restaurant kitchens. With this USB stick, you can effortlessly update your system's software, ensuring optimal performance and enhanced functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality wipe-clean metal, this USB stick is built to withstand the rigors of a commercial kitchen. Its durable design not only offers longevity but also simplifies maintenance. By making updates seamless, this product addresses the common challenge of outdated software, providing a reliable solution for chefs seeking consistency and efficiency in their cooking processes.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Wipe clean metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunctionality\u003c\/strong\u003e Facilitates software updates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e Specifically designed for ovens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep your updated with the latest software for peak performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable and easy to clean, ideal for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuickly solves software issues to minimize downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design for convenient storage when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffortless software updates - Ensure your oven operates with the latest features and enhancements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance-friendly design - Wipe-clean surface promotes hygiene and ease of care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhanced performance - Regular updates improve oven efficiency and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving solution - Spend less time troubleshooting and more time cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased lifespan - Keeping software updated can prolong the life of your equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStreamlined operations - Maintain consistent results with up-to-date technology.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Convection Oven Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimple updates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuickly keep your oven at peak performance without technical hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess frequent replacements, saving time and money on new parts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTime-efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpend more time focusing on cooking and less on equipment issues.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe USB Stick is perfect for various scenarios in commercial kitchens where ovens are utilized. It excels in environments that demand precision and reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBusy restaurants needing regular software management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering services that rely on ovens for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels and banquet facilities with large volume cooking requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny establishment focused on maintaining high-quality cooking standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the USB Stick is straightforward; simply insert it into your oven's USB port to initiate the software update process. For care, regularly wipe the USB stick clean to maintain its functionality and hygiene in a busy kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I update my oven using the USB stick?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsert the USB stick into the oven, follow the on-screen prompts to install the new software updates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the USB stick compatible with other brands of ovens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this USB stick is specifically designed for use with ovens only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I reuse the USB stick for multiple ovens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, you can use the USB stick across different ovens as as they require software updates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep your kitchen running at its best with the USB Stick for Ovens. Order today to ensure your convection oven remains effective and efficient, providing exceptional results every time you cook.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811030253953,"sku":"FC692","price":109.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3395f64e5d99cf66cca6f705384a8de3.png?v=1781706170"},{"product_id":"combi-oven-safety-clip-8mm-genuine-replacement-part","title":"Combi Oven Safety Clip 8mm Genuine Replacement Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Safety Clip is an essential component designed specifically for touchscreen combi ovens. Ideal for professionals in the catering industry, this genuine replacement part ensures your oven operates efficiently and prevents potential safety hazards. With its reliable build and precise fit, it promises optimal performance and peace of mind in your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable polyester, the Safety Clip provides resilience and -lasting functionality for your combi oven. Designed to fit models,, and, this 8mm safety clip addresses common wear and tear issues associated with oven maintenance. Its lightweight construction does not compromise structural integrity, differentiating it from inferior alternatives on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 1(H) x 10(W) x 10(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 1g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFits, and models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install, ensuring minimal downtime in your kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable performance guarantees your oven stays secure during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConstructed from durable polyester for enhanced longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size facilitates straightforward storage and handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with multiple oven models for versatile use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCost-effective solution for maintaining oven safety standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design simplifies installation processes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHelps reduce the need for frequent repairs or replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Combination Oven Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures durability and reduces replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSeamless integration with your existing oven models.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to handle and install, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Safety Clip is suitable for use in various settings. It excels in environments where combi ovens are prevalent, ensuring reliable operation across multiple applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens in restaurants and cafes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services needing quick and efficient oven repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCulinary schools for training in oven maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood manufacturing facilities with large-scale cooking needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, the Safety Clip can be easily installed on compatible oven models. Regular checks can ensure it remains securely in place and functions as intended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the size of the Safety Clip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 1(H) x 10(W) x 10(D)mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the safety clip made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is made from durable polyester, providing a robust and -lasting solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich oven models does this clip fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis safety clip is compatible with,, and models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder your Safety Clip today and ensure your combi oven operates securely and efficiently. Don't compromise on safety—maintain your kitchen standards with this essential part.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811032056193,"sku":"AU226","price":9.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/857dcb3e854e25386b109bce9e6df022.png?v=1781706196"},{"product_id":"commercial-10x10mm-cutting-grid-for-chips-replacement","title":"Commercial 10x10mm Cutting Grid for Chips Replacement","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 10x10mm Cutting Grid for Chips is an essential replacement part designed specifically for your cutting needs. Ideal for restaurants, catering services, or home kitchens, this product ensures uniform chip sizes for consistent cooking and presentation. Elevate your food service with precision cutting that enhances the quality of your dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with durable materials, this cutting grid addresses the problem of unevenly cut chips, ensuring they cook at the same rate. The sturdy construction guarantees -lasting performance and reliability, making it a standout option among other spare parts. With its compatibility with both and models, you'll have peace of mind knowing you're opting for a trusted and effective solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 850g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Cutting Grid – 10 x 10 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConstructed from high-quality materials for enhanced durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect fit for specific models ensures reliable performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStreamlined design for easy installation and replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction makes handling and fitting effortless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecise 10x10mm cutting grid for uniform chip sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures longevity and reliable use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with and models for seamless integration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install, saving you time in your kitchen operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReduces preparation time by providing consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design allows for easy handling and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent chip sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEven cooking and improved presentation in your dishes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduced need for frequent replacements, saving you money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGet back to cooking quickly with minimal downtime.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatible models\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eWider usability across your kitchen tools.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cutting grid shines in various settings, offering versatility for different culinary environments. It is ideally used in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens looking for consistent chip preparations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services needing reliable cutting tools for events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks requiring space-saving, effective kitchen tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome cooks wanting to replicate restaurant-quality dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries that prepare homemade chips or snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10x10mm Cutting Grid is designed for quick and easy installation in your compatible machines. Ensure the grid is clean before use for hygienic food preparation, and store it properly to maintain its performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this grid compatible with other models?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cutting grid is specifically designed to fit the and models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the cutting grid made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grid is made from high-quality, durable materials that ensure -lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 10x10mm Cutting Grid weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cutting grid weighs approximately 850 grams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your kitchen's efficiency with the 10x10mm Cutting Grid for Chips. Order today to experience the difference in your food preparation process.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811035038081,"sku":"AD705","price":412.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c0d4eff6a37a608504975d90405e0a07.png?v=1781706234"},{"product_id":"commercial-2mm-slicer-disc-for-food-processor-replacement","title":"Commercial 2mm Slicer Disc for Food Processor Replacement","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 2mm Slicer Disc is an essential replacement part designed specifically for multi-function food processors. Catering to chefs and culinary enthusiasts alike, this slicer disc enhances your kitchen's efficiency, allowing for precise and consistent slicing of fruits and vegetables. Whether you're preparing meals for a busy restaurant or just looking to streamline your cooking at home, this tool ensures you save time in the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable stainless steel, the 2mm Slicer Disc promises longevity and reliability. Its robust construction solves the common problem of dull slicing tools, enabling effortless cutting through various food textures. Unlike many alternatives, the disc is engineered for optimal performance, ensuring uniform slices that enhance presentation and cooking times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 20(H) x 150(W) x 150(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 150g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision cutting capability for uniform slices every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design for easy handling and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures -lasting sharpness and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with multi-function food processors, maximizing your equipment use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortless slicing - speed up food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile for various fruits and vegetables, increasing your menu options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel finish - easier cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size - easy to store when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConsistent thickness - enhances cooking uniformity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuilt for performance - minimizes kitchen downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Processor Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability and exceptional cutting performance that lasts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e2mm thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfect for achieving consistent results in your culinary creations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to install and handle without fatigue during operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with processors\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaximizes the efficiency of your existing kitchen equipment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2mm Slicer Disc excels in various culinary settings, making it a versatile tool in any kitchen. It's perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to streamline food prepping tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering businesses that require high-volume vegetable slicing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome cooks who value quality and efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and bakeries utilizing consistent and aesthetic presentations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMeal prep settings focusing on organized and uniform ingredient preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the slicer disc is securely attached each time you use it. Rinse and clean the disc thoroughly after use to maintain its sharpness and prevent food build-up. Regular maintenance will prolong its life and cutting efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of food can be sliced with this disc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis disc is designed to slice various fruits and vegetables efficiently, ensuring consistent thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this disc compatible with all food processors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2mm slicer disc is specifically made for multi-function food processors, ensuring full compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the disc made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe disc is made from high-quality stainless steel, which offers durability and ease of cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen tools with the 2mm Slicer Disc and enjoy effortless slicing for all your culinary needs. Order today and experience the difference it can make in your food preparation tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811058303361,"sku":"AP322","price":49.42,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c88eb8fa37d67d7ebfb6a3d3ae37cc55.png?v=1781706490"},{"product_id":"commercial-2mm-slicer-disc-for-veg-prep-machine-parts","title":"Commercial 2mm Slicer Disc for Veg Prep Machine Parts","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 2mm Slicer Disc () is an essential part for any kitchen equipped with a Veg Prep Machine. Ideal for chefs and caterers, this high-quality slicer disc excels at delivering consistent, even slices for a variety of vegetables, enhancing food presentation and cooking efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured using durable aluminium and stainless steel, the 2mm Slicer Disc is built to withstand the rigors of daily kitchen use. Its robust construction minimizes wear and tear, ensuring reliable performance while solving the problem of inconsistent slicing. The lightweight design of just 360g makes it easy to handle and switch out, providing a seamless experience for any kitchen staff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 35.8(H) x 205(W) x 205(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium \u0026amp; Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 360g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving two-millimeter slicing capability for uniform vegetable preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust aluminium and stainless steel construction ensures longevity and easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design allows for easy handling and quick disc changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with Veg Prep Machines, enhancing overall kitchen productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConsistent slicing reduces preparation time, allowing chefs to focus on other tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials ensure that the slicer disc remains functional over time, reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design promotes ease of use, helping staff switch blades quickly during busy hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e 2mm thickness is versatile for a range of dishes, ideal for salads, garnishes, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient design minimizes waste by creating even slices for uniform cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to install and compatible with Veg Prep Machines enhances flexibility in kitchen operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Veg Prep Machine Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e lifespan reduces the need for frequent replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves you time and effort during kitchen cleanup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFacilitates speedy changes between attachments during service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with existing machinery\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSeamlessly integrates into your current kitchen setup for instant use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2mm Slicer Disc is a versatile tool designed for various culinary environments, making it ideal for many applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants aiming for uniform vegetable preparations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering companies needing quick and consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels with extensive banquet services requiring efficient kitchen operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service providers focusing on salads, garnishes, and vegetable platters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, regularly check and clean the slicer disc after use. It easily fits into the Veg Prep Machines, making installation straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the thickness of the slices produced by this slicer disc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2mm Slicer Disc produces slices that are consistently two millimeters thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the slicer disc easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the aluminium and stainless steel construction allows for easy cleaning, making maintenance hassle-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this disc be used in other machines?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis slicer disc is designed specifically for use with Veg Prep Machines for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen efficiency with the 2mm Slicer Disc () today and experience effortless vegetable preparation. Order now to enhance your culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811058336129,"sku":"AN806","price":104.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/bce7f879b809aa75b2773ad420d50fb5.png?v=1781706491"},{"product_id":"commercial-3mm-grating-disc-for-grater-replacement-part","title":"Commercial 3mm Grating Disc for Grater Replacement Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 3mm Grating Disc is an essential component for any kitchen equipped with a Grater. Designed for chefs, caterers, and food enthusiasts, this grating disc enables precise shredding and grating, allowing you to create perfectly grated cheese, vegetables, and more with ease. A reliable tool, it enhances your food preparation speed and consistency, making it a must-have replacement part for your grater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with durability in mind, this 3mm grating disc promises exceptional quality and performance. Made from robust materials, it solves the common problems associated with worn-out grating discs, ensuring that your grating tasks are seamless and efficient. Unlike other discs that may break easily or wear down quickly, the grating disc is designed for -term use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 140g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision engineering for consistent grating results every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install and replace, minimizing downtime in your kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Grater, seamlessly integrating into your setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use, suitable for heavy-duty kitchen tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight construction enhances ease of handling during food prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick replacement process saves time and effort during kitchen operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust materials ensure -lasting performance under continuous use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e3mm size ideal for creating uniform shreds to elevate your dish presentations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a variety of foods, from cheeses to vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for Grator for optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient grating enhances food texture and flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Grater Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy replacement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGet back to grating quickly without hassle.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable build\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy -lasting use, maximizing your investment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision grating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConsistent results enhance your culinary creations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3mm Grating Disc is versatile and well-suited for various culinary applications. With its exceptional performance, it excels in a range of settings such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and food service establishments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering kitchens that require efficiency in food prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelis and food trucks known for their fresh grated items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens looking to elevate meal preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the 3mm Grating Disc is straightforward. Ensure the grater is unplugged before replacing the disc. Regular cleaning after use will maintain its performance, while proper handling will prolong its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat food items can I grate with this disc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can grate a variety of food items including cheeses, vegetables, and fruits, achieving perfect results each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this grating disc compatible with other models?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis specific 3mm grating disc is designed to fit the Grater model only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I replace the grating disc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplacement frequency depends on usage, but regular inspection for signs of wear will help determine when a new disc is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your grating tasks with the 3mm Grating Disc. With its durable design and seamless compatibility, it's your reliable partner in food preparation. Order today and experience the difference in your kitchen workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811067969921,"sku":"AE121","price":122.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/a4e7a7d7ce08606e450a9b284a257309.png?v=1781706554"},{"product_id":"commercial-400w-middle-element-spare-part-for-catering-equipment","title":"Commercial 400W Middle Element Spare Part for Catering Equipment","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Middle Element 400W is the ideal solution for those seeking reliable spare parts for a range of appliances. Designed for both commercial and home kitchen uses, this component offers dependability and performance that you can trust. With its superior build quality, you can easily replace worn or damaged elements, ensuring your equipment runs efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality mica and nichrome, the Middle Element promises durability and superior heat retention. This part addresses the common issue of heating inconsistencies in appliances, providing you with uniform temperature control for your cooking needs. An easy installation process sets this spare part apart, allowing you to get back to cooking in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 2(H) x 144(W) x 165(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Mica \u0026amp; Nichrome\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 47.7g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenuine spare part designed for durability and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to install, facilitating a quick and hassle-free replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighly durable construction ensures longevity and consistent performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with a wide range of appliance models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-quality materials enhance lifespan and performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniform heating helps improve cooking consistency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it suitable for various appliance models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow weight ensures easy handling during installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with multiple models extends usability across different equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple installation process saves time and reduces downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenuine spare part\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures perfect fit and optimal performance for your appliance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows you to quickly replace the old element without help.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduces the frequency of replacements, saving you money over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility with various models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile use across multiple appliance types, enhancing efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Middle Element 400W is versatile, making it suitable for a variety of kitchen settings. Whether used in a kitchen or for personal cooking at home, this element excels in many applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens for heavy-duty usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall cafés and restaurants needing reliable heating elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for consistent and quality cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBakeries requiring precise temperature control for baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks and catering services benefiting from portability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the best results, ensure that the Middle Element is installed according to your appliance’s specific guidelines. Regularly inspect the element for any signs of wear and clean gently to maintain optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat appliances are compatible with this element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Middle Element 400W fits a range of models including to, and various CY and DA series units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs installation difficult?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this element is designed for easy installation and can typically be replaced without assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the element made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe element is constructed from durable mica and nichrome, which ensures efficient heating and -lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the Middle Element 400W today to restore your kitchen equipment to optimal performance. Don't let heating issues disrupt your cooking; ensure quality and reliability with genuine spare parts.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811071213953,"sku":"AS701","price":38.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/a4205d5e7745419fc827db80bab92fe5.png?v=1781706600"},{"product_id":"commercial-6mm-grating-disc-for-grater-replacement-part","title":"Commercial 6mm Grating Disc for Grater Replacement Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 6mm Grating Disc is an essential component designed for the Grater (Model: 02A). This replacement grating disc is perfect for professionals and home cooks who require consistent, high-quality grating for various culinary tasks. Its precise design allows for effortless grating of ingredients, ensuring that you achieve the perfect texture for your dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with durability in mind, the 6mm Grating Disc is made to withstand the rigors of regular use in bustling kitchens. The construction material ensures -lasting performance while effectively solving the problem of wear and tear that typically affects grating discs. This quality sets it apart from other options in the market, making it a reliable choice for those aiming for efficiency and precision in their food preparation process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 140g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x 6mm Grating Disc – Designed for Grater\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePrecision cutting for consistent grating results\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with other Grater components\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to replace and install\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFacilitates a range of grating tasks for different ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design allows for easy handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials ensure -lasting use in commercial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple installation process reduces downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for versatility, suitable for a wide range of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHelps maintain consistent grating for superior culinary outcomes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, promoting hygiene in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Grater Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh durability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the need for frequent replacements, saving money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatibility with Grater \u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures seamless integration into your existing setup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortless installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimizes preparation time and enhances productivity in the kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrecision performance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProvides the ideal texture for various dishes, enhancing flavor.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6mm Grating Disc excels in multiple culinary environments. It is particularly useful in settings where efficiency and quality are paramount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes for preparing fresh ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCaterers needing quick and consistent grating solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome kitchens for everyday meal prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood production facilities where bulk grating is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the 6mm Grating Disc is straightforward. Simply remove the old disc from the Grater and replace it with the new one to ensure optimal performance. Regular cleaning after each use is recommended to maintain functionality and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I know if this grating disc is compatible with my grater?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis grating disc is specifically designed for the Grater (Model: 02A), ensuring compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the grating disc made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6mm Grating Disc is constructed for durability, designed to withstand continuous use in various kitchen environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to replace the grating disc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the replacement process is simple and designed to minimize downtime in your kitchen operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBy utilizing the 6mm Grating Disc, you’ll enhance your grating efficiency and achieve consistent results, ensuring your culinary tasks are executed flawlessly. Order today to elevate your kitchen experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811089498497,"sku":"AE123","price":122.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b33306c1f60b0e9844ad4792be1b255a.png?v=1781706697"},{"product_id":"commercial-8l-water-boiler-heating-element-replacement-part","title":"Commercial 8L Water Boiler Heating Element Replacement Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heating Element is a genuine replacement part specifically designed for the 8Ltr water boiler. This component is essential for anyone operating a commercial kitchen or catering service that requires precise and reliable heating capabilities for a variety of beverages and meals. With its high-quality build, this heating element ensures efficiency and optimal performance, making your food and drink preparation seamless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable copper, the Heating Element not only meets industry standards but offers superior reliability in heating functionality. As a spare part, it solves the common issue of wear and tear in heating elements, ensuring your water boiler operates smoothly without interruption. The genuine quality of this replacement part sets it apart, making it the ideal choice for environments where dependability is paramount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 130(H) x 155(W) x 85(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Copper\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 178g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOriginal manufacturer spare part that guarantees compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for longevity to minimize downtime in your kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick and easy installation process simplifies replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnhances heating efficiency for quicker service delivery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenuine part ensures high compatibility with your existing water boiler.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade from copper for excellent thermal conductivity and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size offers easy integration into your existing setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design allows for effortless handling during installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-efficient - get your boiler operational again without downtime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting construction reduces the frequency and cost of replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Spare Part\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGenuine compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the risk of operational failures in your water boiler.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality copper\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures enhanced heating efficiency for faster drink preparation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight and compact design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMakes the installation process convenient and swift.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heating Element is versatile and is particularly effective in various culinary settings. It excels in the following environments:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service establishments\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafés\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMobile food vendors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Heating Element is straightforward, allowing you to quickly replace the old element and restore your water boiler's functionality. Ensure the appliance is disconnected before installation for safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this heating element suitable for all water boilers?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this heating element is specifically designed for the 8Ltr water boiler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the heating element made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heating element is made of high-quality copper, ensuring optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the heating element?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heating Element weighs 178g, making it easy to handle during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith the Heating Element, you can count on reliable heating performance for your water boiler. Ensure your kitchen runs smoothly and efficiently by ordering today.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811093266817,"sku":"AK966","price":77.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/70b1fd5f4f4f60fab91579ffbe902093.png?v=1781706744"},{"product_id":"commercial-8mm-grating-disc-for-grater-replacement-part","title":"Commercial 8mm Grating Disc for Grater Replacement Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 8mm Grating Disc is an essential replacement part for those using the Grater. Designed for culinary professionals and avid home cooks alike, this disc provides a seamless grating experience, allowing you to achieve the perfect texture for your ingredients. Its reliable performance ensures consistent results, enhancing the efficiency of your food preparation process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eManufactured with high-quality materials, this grating disc is built to withstand the demands of daily use in busy kitchens. It solves the common problem of wear and tear on existing grating components, ensuring you can continue to produce finely grated cheeses, vegetables, and more. Its robust design distinguishes it from other options on the market, promising durability and ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 140g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces prep time by quickly grating a variety of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible specifically with the Grater model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffortlessly produces uniform 8mm grates for consistent cooking results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to attach and detach for efficient cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design - easy to handle during food prep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy construction - resists wear and tear for longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecision engineering - ensures consistent output every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple maintenance - minimizes downtime and maximizes productivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient grating - helps create fine textures for sauces and toppings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete compatibility - tailor-made for seamless integration with your existing grater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Grater Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision cutting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConsistent grating yields better flavor and presentation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh durability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess frequent replacements mean lower -term costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick attachment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess time spent on equipment changes means more time for cooking.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8mm Grating Disc excels in a variety of culinary settings and applications. It is perfect for professionals and home chefs looking for precision in their food preparation tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants and catering services for preparing large quantities of ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome kitchens aiming for quality and consistency in meal presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBakeries for grating cheese for toppings on pastries and breads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood processing facilities needing reliable performance under heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooking schools demonstrating techniques in food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvent caterers for quick service and customized dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo install the 8mm Grating Disc, simply detach the existing disc from the Grater and replace it with the new one. Regular cleaning after use will help maintain its performance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the compatibility of the 8mm Grating Disc?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis grating disc is specifically designed for use with the Grater model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 8mm Grating Disc weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grating disc has a weight of 140g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this disc handle multiple types of ingredients?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed to grate a variety of ingredients including cheeses and vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're looking to enhance your culinary efficiency, the 8mm Grating Disc is an invaluable addition to your kitchen tools. Order today and experience the ease of consistent grating!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811093463425,"sku":"AE124","price":122.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/404e61bce56f40d2b16437faffe18cf4.png?v=1781706746"},{"product_id":"commercial-acrylic-plate-990mm-for-food-warmer-parts","title":"Commercial Acrylic Plate 990mm for Food Warmer Parts","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Acrylic Plate is an essential component for any kitchen looking to maintain exceptional food presentation and temperature while serving. Designed specifically for use with food warmers, this plate expertly delivers the efficiency and durability needed in a bustling catering environment. With its reliable performance, you can ensure your dishes remain enticingly warm and visually appealing for your guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality acrylic, this plate not only provides a sleek appearance but also ensures lasting durability. It effectively solves the common problem of maintaining food warmth during service, making it ideal for banquets, buffets, and catered events. Its lightweight yet sturdy design means it’s easy to handle and store, setting it apart from heavier alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 4(H) x 990(W) x 132(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 600g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design facilitates easy handling and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with most food warmer models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSleek, modern aesthetic enhances food presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable acrylic construction withstands the rigors of catering environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable acrylic construction for -lasting use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design for easy transportation and setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNeutral colour complements any décor or dish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for both hot and cold food service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimplifies maintenance and cleaning, making it ideal for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCustom-fit for food warmers for optimal performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Food Warmer Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSturdy construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable use in high-demand catering situations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess strain during transport and setup, saving you time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustom Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDesigned to work flawlessly with warmers, enhancing usability.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Acrylic Plate is versatile and excels in various settings. It is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events and buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and banquet halls\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorporate events and conferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés \u0026amp; bistros serving hot dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks or pop-up restaurants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis acrylic plate is designed for easy installation within food warmers. Simply place it in the warming compartment to begin using. For care, it is recommended to hand wash with mild detergent and avoid abrasive cleaners to maintain its pristine appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Acrylic Plate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions are 4(H) x 990(W) x 132(D)mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Acrylic Plate suitable for hot food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this plate is designed to maintain heat effectively for hot food service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the plate weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Acrylic Plate weighs 600g, making it easy to transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure your food remains deliciously warm and beautifully presented with the Acrylic Plate. Order today to enhance your catering efficiency and impress your clients!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811100344705,"sku":"AS578","price":35.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9494e27457f22b97ae2c402849ed5dcd.png?v=1781706828"},{"product_id":"commercial-adjustable-bracket-for-contact-grill-parts-21x15mm","title":"Commercial Adjustable Bracket for Contact Grill Parts 21x15mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tension Bracket is an essential component for kitchens using contact grills. Designed for chefs and catering professionals, this bracket offers unmatched stability and adjustability, allowing for the perfect fit across various grill models. With this high-quality bracket, you can enhance your cooking experience, ensuring safety and efficiency in your kitchen operations.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable copper, the Tension Bracket not only promises longevity but also effectively prevents wear and tear common in fast-paced culinary environments. This ensures that your equipment will remain secure and operational, reducing downtime and improving overall productivity. With precise engineering, this bracket minimizes the risk of equipment failure, setting it apart as a dependable choice for kitchens everywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 21(H) x 15(W) x 25(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Copper\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 100g\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for compatibility with multiple grill models.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable for tailored fit and enhanced performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEnsures safe operation and stability during cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight yet robust design for easy handling and installation.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable copper construction for -lasting performance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes installation and adjustments effortless.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEnsures a secure fit across various grill models to prevent slippage.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean and maintain, contributing to efficient kitchen workflows.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eVersatile compatibility with numerous models enhances use case scenarios.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRobust design ensures reliability, reducing the frequency of replacements.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Contact Grill Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eCustomize fit for various grill models, enhancing operation safety and efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable material\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance that stands up to rigorous kitchen use, minimizing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eFacilitates easier handling and installation, making it suitable for quick replacements during service.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Tension Bracket is designed to excel in various scenarios, making it an invaluable asset in any kitchen setting.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens in restaurants and catering services\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e setups where stability is crucial\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks and mobile catering operations\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBanquet halls requiring flexible cooking solutions\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBarbecue and outdoor grilling experiences\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Tension Bracket is straightforward, with instructions provided to guide you through the process. Regular cleaning and inspecting for wear will ensure it remains effective and safe for continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grills is the Tension Bracket compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe bracket is designed to fit multiple models including,,, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the bracket made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Tension Bracket is constructed from high-quality copper for durability.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the bracket weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe weight of the bracket is 100g, making it easy to handle and install.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Tension Bracket today to experience enhanced operational stability in your kitchen and streamline your cooking processes. Shop now and be prepared for peak cooking performance!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811100901761,"sku":"AD566","price":127.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b2d172f9262905a2a1eede997e03bb06.png?v=1781706835"},{"product_id":"commercial-adjustable-foot-for-fryer-equipment-replacement","title":"Commercial Adjustable Foot for Fryer Equipment Replacement","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Adjustable Foot is an essential component for any culinary who relies on consistent frying performance. Designed specifically for fryers, this versatile part is perfect for chefs looking for a reliable solution to ensure optimum stability and support. The adjustable feature allows it to accommodate varying surfaces, enhancing the operational efficiency of your fryer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the Adjustable Foot is both durable and resilient. Weighing only 80g, this lightweight yet sturdy accessory resolves common issues that can arise during cooking, such as uneven surfaces or instability. Its robust design not only ensures longevity but sets it apart from less reliable alternatives on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 80g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable design for optimal stability on uneven surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction to support -lasting use\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design for easy transport and installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustability - Easily modify height for uneven surfaces, enhancing frying stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy construction - Ensures the fryer remains secure, preventing accidents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight - Offers ease of handling, making installation seamless.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile application - Suitable for various kitchen settings and equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean - Simple design that requires minimal maintenance for longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Fryer Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eProvides stability regardless of countertop irregularities.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOffers a longer lifespan, saving costs on replacements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMakes installation and adjustments quick and easy.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAble to enhance frying performance in various commercial kitchen settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Adjustable Foot is designed for optimal performance in various settings. It excels in environments where cooking efficiency and safety are a priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens where fryers are commonly used.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants with a focus on consistency in frying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services needing reliable fryer support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks seeking mobility without compromising stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling the Adjustable Foot is straightforward. Simply attach it to your fryer and adjust it to the desired height on uneven surfaces. Regular cleaning will ensure it maintains its functionality over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the Adjustable Foot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Adjustable Foot weighs 80g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the height be adjusted for different surfaces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the adjustable design allows for height modification to ensure stability on uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this accessory suitable for various kitchen settings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely! It is ideal for kitchens, restaurants, and food trucks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Adjustable Foot for enhanced fryer stability and performance. Order today to elevate your cooking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811101131137,"sku":"AF044","price":26.86,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c5606b27e3109351747061929db60854.png?v=1781706840"},{"product_id":"commercial-adjustable-foot-for-bottle-coolers-replacement-part","title":"Commercial Adjustable Foot for Bottle Coolers Replacement Part","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Adjustable Foot for Bottle Coolers is an essential replacement component designed for various beer fridges. Catering to those in the hospitality industry, this adjustable foot offers an important solution to maintaining the stability of your beverage cooler, ultimately ensuring optimal cooling performance. With a lightweight construction, it serves as a practical fix to keep your bottle cooler securely in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable materials, the Adjustable Foot is built to withstand everyday use in busy settings. It efficiently addresses the common issue of unstable refrigeration units, providing a reliable base that promises longevity. By choosing this adjustable foot, you are ensuring that your equipment remains balanced, allowing your beverages to maintain their ideal temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 20g\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x Adjustable Foot – compatible with multiple models\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy installation – no special tools required\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction – withstands the rigors of commercial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with a wide range of models – ensures versatility in application\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStable base – prevents tipping and enhances cooling efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design – easy to handle during installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy material – ensures it can bear the weight of the fridge\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustability – allows for stability on uneven surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatibility with multiple units – reduces the need for different parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple replacement – minimizes downtime of your cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -lasting performance – prolongs the life of your equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Beer Fridge Parts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStable cooling solution\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrevents beverages from warming due to an unbalanced cooler.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to install\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows quick fixes, keeping your business operations smooth.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with multiple models\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces replacement inventory, saving time and money.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Adjustable Foot excels in various settings where beverage coolers are commonly used. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars and pubs\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels and resorts\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eClubs and lounges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the adjustable foot is straightforward, requiring no specialized tools. Ensure compatibility with your designated model for a seamless fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat models is the Adjustable Foot compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis foot fits a wide range of beer fridges, specifically through models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to replace the foot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it can be easily replaced with minimal effort and no special tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of the replacement foot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe replacement foot weighs just 20g, making it lightweight and easy to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, the Adjustable Foot for Bottle Coolers offers a durable and effective solution for maintaining the stability of your beer fridge. Ensure your beverages remain perfectly chilled by purchasing this essential component today. Order now to keep your cooler functioning optimally!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811101196673,"sku":"AF557","price":10.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/8d17b8caa8220283fcf8db21ad8f3d4b.png?v=1781706840"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.questorm.co.uk\/collections\/appliance-spares.oembed?page=16","provider":"Questrom Ltd","version":"1.0","type":"link"}